Casio Credit Card Machine Qt 2100 Users Manual Programming
Casio QT2100 program.. Casio QT2100 program User Manual
QT-2100 to the manual a5b38630-958e-4f67-8445-3d859a3aad7a
2015-01-21
: Casio Casio-Casio-Credit-Card-Machine-Qt-2100-Users-Manual-243006 casio-casio-credit-card-machine-qt-2100-users-manual-243006 casio pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 250 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]
QT-2100
Versatile Intelligent Terminal
————————————————————————
Programming Manual
Version 1.0 February 2002
0.00
Key Assign
000.NOP 001.CASH 002.CHARGE
003.CHECK 004.CREDIT 006.NB
008.PRCINQ 009.STKINQ 010.CHAR
011.PRT 012.CHKP 013.CLK TRAN
014.TBL TRAN 015.TIP 016.NRMRCT
019.LOAN 020.RC 021.PD
022.P.UP. 023.COUPON 025.DEPOSIT
027.- 028.%- 029.+
030.%+ 033.RF 034.VOID
036.CPN2 037.VLD 038.RCT
039.CK.E 040.# 041.#/NS v
Coffee $8.00
12 ST $76.50
REG
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 001234
1 Spagetti $20.00 T1
1 Spagetti $20.00 T1
7.5%
%- -1.50
1 Coffee $8.00
1 Hamburger $2.00 T1
15%
%- -0.30
1 Milk $2.00
2 Apple Juice $5.00
1 Coffee $8.00
1
2nd
@
A
R
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
KP System Master
R/J/Order Printer SA-3015
Slip Printer SA-3015
Rear Display No
Remote Display No
OK? YES
No. Descriptor Qty Price
1 PLU0001 @1,234.00
PLU0001 12.26 @1.00
2 PLU0002 @20.00
PLU0002 0.00 @2.00
3 PLU0003 @30.00
PLU0003 0.50 @3.00
4 PLU0004 @40.00
PLU0004 1.75 @4.00
5 PLU0005 @50.00
PLU0005 2.80 @5.00
6 PLU0006 @60.00v
0.00
Record No. 1
X YES
X/For YES
X/XX YES
X/XXX YES
Ketten Bon YES
Selective Item ST YES
New Check YES
Old Check YES
New/Old Check YES
Add Check YES
Separate Check YES
0.00
0.00
Table Range
Enter Start range 1
End range 123
OK? YES
c
P-2
Preface
Document warranty
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice.
CASIO Computer Co., Ltd. makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material,
including, but not limited to the implied warranties of marketability and fitness for a
particular purpose. CASIO Computer Co., Ltd. shall not be liable for errors contained
herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing,
performance, or use of this manual.
Printing history
Manual version Software version
Version 1.0: February, 2002 First Edition: February, 2002 Version 1.0
Revised points
Preconditions for reading this manual
We suggest two preconditions for reading this manual.
1. A basic understanding of how the QT-2100 series devices must be configured/installed.
2. An understanding of the operational needs of restaurant, bar, and/or fast food outlets.
How to use this manual
This manual is designed to help make your programming chores simpler and easier.
Programming procedures in this manual are represented using graphics that show you the
keys you have to press or the data you need to input. Worksheets help you determine the
programming codes you need to input to program the terminal. We recommend that you
use the general procedure described below for programming.
General programming procedure
1. Determine the features and functions that you want to program to the terminal and use
the worksheets to determine the programming codes. It might be a good idea to make
copies of the worksheets you need before you fill them out.
2. Initialize the terminal.
3. Allocate memory in accordance with the features and functions you are about to
program.
4. Perform the programming procedures you need, inputting the programming code from
the worksheets.
P-3
Preface
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-4
Contents
1. Machine Initialization................................................................ P-8
1-1. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal .............................................................P-8
1-2. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal (add/replace one QT-2100) ............... P-11
1-3. How to flag clear QT-2100 terminal (or INIT2) .........................................P-14
2. Program 5 ................................................................................ P-16
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program).................................P-16
2-2. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work) .................................P-17
2-3. Programming memory allocation file by file .............................................P-18
3. Program 4 ................................................................................ P-24
3-1. Programming key allocation.....................................................................P-24
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change) .................................P-26
3-3. Programming key allocation.....................................................................P-28
4. Program 3 ................................................................................ P-34
4-1. Programming machine features...............................................................P-34
4-1-1 Programming pulldown group (adding/modifying/deleting group item) ......P-34
4-1-2 Programming set menu table .....................................................................P-36
4-1-3 Programming arrangement ........................................................................P-38
4-1-4 Programming batch X/Z report ...................................................................P-39
4-1-5 Programming the general feature...............................................................P-41
4-1-6 Programming scheduler .............................................................................P-58
4-1-7 Programming check print ...........................................................................P-60
4-1-8 Programming table analysis .......................................................................P-61
4-1-9 Programming tax table ...............................................................................P-62
4-1-10 Programming void table .............................................................................P-65
4-1-11 Programming system connection ...............................................................P-66
4-1-12 Programming I/O parameter.......................................................................P-67
4-1-13 Programming printer connection ................................................................P-70
4-1-14 Programming time zone .............................................................................P-71
4-1-15 Programming time & attendance ................................................................P-72
4-1-16 Programming hourly item link .....................................................................P-76
4-1-17 Programming IDC link ................................................................................P-77
4-1-18 Programming Euro .....................................................................................P-78
4-1-19 Programming auto program control............................................................P-79
4-2. Programming clerks .................................................................................P-80
4-2-1 Programming clerk features .......................................................................P-80
4-2-2 Programming operation ..............................................................................P-82
4-2-3 Programming commission rate...................................................................P-92
4-2-4 Programming table range ...........................................................................P-93
4-2-5 Programming clerk by range ......................................................................P-94
4-2-6 Programming clerk detail..........................................................................P-106
4-2-7 Programming clerk key ID ........................................................................P-107
P-5
Contents
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3. Programming key features.....................................................................P-108
4-3-1 Programming PLU features ......................................................................P-108
4-3-2 Programming PLU 2nd@ features ...........................................................P-110
4-3-3 Programming subdepartment features ..................................................... P-111
4-3-4 Programming department features........................................................... P-112
4-3-5 Programming by range ............................................................................. P-113
4-3-6 Programming individual program ............................................................. P-116
4-3-7 Programming key function program ......................................................... P-117
4-3-8 Programming shift PLU program ..............................................................P-135
4-3-9 Programming scanning PLU link program................................................P-136
5. Program 2 .............................................................................. P-140
5-1. Character programming .........................................................................P-140
5-1-1 Character programming keyboard............................................................P-140
5-1-2 Inputting characters by code ....................................................................P-142
5-1-3 After completing to input characters .........................................................P-142
5-2. Programming item descriptors ...............................................................P-143
5-2-1 Programming PLU item descriptors .........................................................P-143
5-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors...........................................P-144
5-2-3 Programming subdepartment descriptors ................................................P-144
5-2-4 Programming department descriptors ......................................................P-145
5-2-5 Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range ......P-146
5-2-6 Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price .......................................P-147
5-2-7 Programming function key descriptors .....................................................P-148
5-3. Programming characters and messages ...............................................P-149
5-3-1 Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt messageP-149
5-3-2 Programming text recall message ............................................................P-150
5-3-3 Programming order character link ............................................................P-150
5-3-4 Programming fixed totalizer descriptors ...................................................P-151
5-3-5 Programming group character..................................................................P-152
5-3-6 Programming special characters ..............................................................P-152
5-3-7 Programming report headers ...................................................................P-154
5-3-8 Programming endorsement message ......................................................P-155
5-3-9 Programming GT character ......................................................................P-155
6. Program 1 .............................................................................. P-158
6-1. Presetting date and time ........................................................................P-158
6-2. Programming unit price and rate............................................................P-159
6-2-1 Programming PLU unit price ....................................................................P-159
6-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price .............................................................P-160
6-2-3 Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price...............................P-161
6-2-4 Programming subdepartment unit price ...................................................P-162
6-2-5 Programming department unit price .........................................................P-162
6-2-6 Programming PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/
department unit price by range................................................................P-163
6-2-7 Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price ..........................................P-165
6-2-8 Programming amount or rate to keys .......................................................P-166
6-2-9 Programming unit price of shift PLU.........................................................P-167
P-6
Contents
7. Program 6 .............................................................................. P-170
7-1. Program read general procedure...........................................................P-170
7-2. Program read report sample ..................................................................P-171
7-2-1 Unit Price/Qty ...........................................................................................P-171
7-2-2 Item Descriptor .........................................................................................P-172
7-2-3 Character and Message ...........................................................................P-172
7-2-4 Machine feature........................................................................................P-176
7-2-5 Clerk .......................................................................................................P-208
7-2-6 Key feature ...............................................................................................P-220
7-2-7 Keyboard ..................................................................................................P-242
7-2-8 Memory allocation ....................................................................................P-242
Index .............................................................................................. P-244
Program 3 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-247
Program 1 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-248
Program 2 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-248
Program 6 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-248
P-7
QT-2100 Programming Manual
1. Machine Initialization.................................................................P-8
1-1. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal ............................................................. P-8
1-2. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal (add/replace one QT-2100) ................P-11
1-3. How to flag clear QT-2100 terminal (or INIT2) ......................................... P-14
P-8
Initialization
1. Machine Initialization
1-1. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and QT-2100 terminals of this cluster
should be turned off.
2. Connect all of the peripheral devices (such as printer, display
etc.) to QT-2100 terminal.
3. Connect all QT-2100 terminals by inline.
Operation:
4. Turn on all peripheral devices of a QT-2100 terminal.
5. Turn on this QT-2100 terminal with pressing the left-most
key of the top row and release the key after buzzer sounds.
6. After releasing the key, enter “2000” (U.S.)/“1000” (other
area) and press the <ST> key.
7. Enter the current date (YY/MM/DD order) and time and
press the <YES> key.
8. In ID character field, the auto-defined ID No. is shown.
We recommend that you should not change the value.
9. In this field, the check cluster No, should be set, if your check
tracking system are divided in some clusters.
(Enter cluster No. “1” ~ “9”, if you use check cluster system.)
Date 00-00-00
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check cluster ID 0
Check System Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
Check cluster ID 0
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check cluster ID 0
Check System Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check cluster ID 0
Check System Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
P-9
QT-2100 Programming Manual
10. In this field, you can select “1. Master/2. Backup Master/3.
Satellite/4.Selfmaster.”
Please select one of these options and press the <YES> key.
11. In these fields, you can select, “1. No/2. UP-350/3. SA-3015/
4. UP-250” for R/J/Order printer.
Please select one of these options and press the <YES> key.
12. In this field, you can select, “1. No/2. SA-3015/3. SP-1300”
for slip printer.
Please select one of these options and press the <YES> key.
13. Please confirm all of the field and if they are all right, press
the <YES> key to proceed the next step.
14. If you want to download program data from other terminal or
CF card, select the appropriate menu and press the <YES>
key and proceed the next step.
If you don't need to download any program data, just select
“1. No Restore/Receive” and press the <YES> key.
If you have another machine to initialize, return to step 4.
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check cluster ID 0
Check System Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check cluster ID 0
Check System Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
Check cluster ID 0
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
Check cluster ID 0
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
AUTO PGM YES
1.No Restore/Receive
2.PGM Restore (CF Card)
3.PGM Receive (Inline)
P-10
Initialization
Program copy from other terminal.
15. In this field, you can select the receiving contents as “1. All
Data (including totalizer)/2. All PGM (program only).”
16. In this field, you should enter the source ID number of the data
and press the <YES> key.
17. Please confirm all of the fields and if they are all right, press
the <YES> key to proceed downloading.
After completion of downloading, return to step 4 to initialize
other terminals.
Restore from CF card.
15. Insert the CF card into the slot and select the appropriate file
and press the <YES> key.
16. After the confirmation window is shown, press the <YES>
key to proceed restoring.
After completion of downloading, return to step 4 to initialize
other terminals.
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
Received Data All PGM
PGM Receive from MC #05
OK? YES
0.00
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
Received Data All PGM
PGM Receive from MC #05
OK? YES
0.00
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
Received Data All PGM
PGM Receive from MC #05
OK? YES
0.00
STORE-AAA.090
Are you sure to restore?
0.00
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
Data Restore
1.PLUPGM1 .004
2.PLUPGM2 .004
3.STORE-AA.090
4.STORE-BB.090
0.00
P-11
QT-2100 Programming Manual
1-2. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal (add/replace one QT-2100)
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and QT-2100 terminals of this cluster
should be turned off.
2. Connect all of the peripheral devices (such as printer, display
etc.) to this QT-2100 terminal.
3. Connect this QT-2100 terminal to inline.
Operation:
4. Turn on all peripheral devices of this QT-2100 terminal.
And turn on all QT-2100 except this terminal of the cluster.
5. Turn on this QT-2100 terminal with pressing the left-most
key of the top row and release the key after buzzer sounds.
6. After releasing the key, enter “2000” (U.S.)/“1000” (other
area) and press the <ST> key.
7. Enter the current date (YY/MM/DD order) and time and
press the <YES> key.
8. In ID character field, the auto-defined ID No. is shown.
Please check if the same value is set in this field.
We recommend that you should not change the value.
9. In this field, you can select “1. Master/2. Backup Master/3.
Satellite/4.Selfmaster.”
Please choose former options and press the <YES> key.
10. In this field, the check cluster No, should be set, if your check
tracking system are divided in some clusters.
(Enter cluster No. “1” ~ “9”, if you use check cluster system.)
Date 00-00-00
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
Check cluster ID 0
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
Check cluster ID 0
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check cluster ID 0
Check System Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
Check cluster ID 0
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
Check cluster ID 0
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
P-12
Initialization
11. In these fields, you can select, “1. No/2. UP-350/3. SA-3015/
4. UP-250” for R/J/Order printer.
Please choose former option and press the <YES> key.
12. In this field, you can select, “1. No/2. SA-3015/3. SP-1300”
for slip printer.
Please choose former options and press the <YES> key.
13.Please confirm all of the field and if they are all right, press the
<YES> key to proceed the next step.
14. If you want to download program data from other terminal or
CF card, select the appropriate menu and press the <YES>
key and proceed the next step.
If you don't need to download any program data, just select
“1. No Restore/Receive” and press the <YES> key. (The
initialization is completed.)
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
Check cluster ID 0
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
Check cluster ID 0
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SP-1300
OK? YES
Date 01-10-10
Time 12:34 00
ID Character MC #01
Check System Master
Check cluster ID 0
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer SA-1300
OK? YES
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
AUTO PGM YES
1.No Restore/Receive
2.PGM Restore (CF Card)
3.PGM Receive (Inline)
P-13
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Program copy from other terminal.
15. In this field, you can select the receiving contents as “1. All
Data (including totalizer)/2. All PGM (program only).”
16. In this field, you should enter the source ID number of the data
and press the <YES> key.
17. Please confirm all of the fields and if they are all right, press
the <YES> key to proceed downloading. (The initialization
is completed.)
Restore from CF card.
15. Insert the CF card into the slot and select the appropriate file
and press the <YES> key.
16. After the confirmation window is shown, press the <YES>
key to proceed restoring. (The initialization is completed.)
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
Received Data All PGM
PGM Receive from MC #05
OK? YES
0.00
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
Received Data All PGM
PGM Receive from MC #05
OK? YES
0.00
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
Received Data All PGM
PGM Receive from MC #05
OK? YES
0.00
STORE-AAA.090
Are you sure to restore?
0.00
INIT 10-10-01 12:34 000000
Data Restore
1.PLUPGM1 .004
2.PLUPGM2 .004
3.STORE-AA.090
4.STORE-BB.090
0.00
P-14
Initialization
1-3. How to flag clear QT-2100 terminal (or INIT2)
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and this QT-2100 terminal should be
turned off.
2. Check the connection of all peripheral devices (such as
printer, display etc.) of this QT-2100 terminal.
3. Check the connection of this QT-2100 terminal to inline.
Operation:
4. Turn on all peripheral devices of this QT-2100 terminal.
5. Turn on this QT-2100 terminal with pressing the right-most
key of the top row and release the key after buzzer sounds.
6. After releasing the key, press the <ST> key.
7. Select “1. Flag Clear” and press the <YES> key.
The flag clear operation is finished.
Note:
Performing “Init 2” requires password “8888888888” .
10-10-01 12:34
INIT
1.Flag Clear
2.INIT2
0.00
P-15
QT-2100 Programming Manual
2. Program 5 .................................................................................P-16
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program)................................. P-16
2-2. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work) ................................. P-17
2-3. Programming memory allocation file by file ............................................. P-18
P-16
Program 5
2. Program 5
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program)
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 5 mode.
3. Select “1. Daily & PGM” and press the <YES> key.
4. Select an appropriate file, enter the record numbers you want
to allocate and press the <YES> key.
The lowest row shows the remaining memory.
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P5
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-5
1.Memory Alloc
0.00
Memory Alloc
Memory Alloc
1.Daily & PGM
2.Periodic & Work
3.Individual File
0.00
Daily & PGM
Cashier/Clerk 15
Check Tracking Tables 3
Items/Table 60
Item Blocks 1
Table Analysis 10
PLU 324
PLU 2nd@ 324
Shift PLU 108v
RAM 22688
0.00
The remainder of memory
Daily & PGM
Scanning PLU link 100^
Pulldown Group 20
Set Menu Table 30
Sub-Department 0
Department 4
Group 20
Receipt/SLIP Msg 12
Text Recall 99v
RAM 22688
0.00
Daily & PGM
Order Chara Link 10^
Void File 10
Free Function 100
Time Zone 0
Hourly Production 0
Hourly Labor 0
Employee 0
Job Code 0v
RAM 22688
0.00
Daily & PGM
Hourly Production 0^
Hourly Labor 0
Employee 0
Job Code 0
IDC Link 0
IDC(1) 0
IDC(2) 0
IDC(3) 0
RAM 22688
0.00
P-17
QT-2100 Programming Manual
2-2. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work)
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 5 mode.
3. Select “2. Periodic & Work” and press the <YES> key.
4. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> (allocate)
or <NO> (not allocate) key.
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Note:
The Flag Clear operation resets “YES” status. However it does not reallocate the files that
were already allocated on this screen.
P5
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-5
1.Memory Alloc
0.00
Memory Alloc
Memory Alloc
1.Daily & PGM
2.Periodic & Work
3.Individual File
0.00
Periodic & Work
PLU
Periodic(1) Totalizer Yes
Periodic(2) Totalizer No
Consolidation & Work Yes
Except PLU
Periodic(1) Totalizer Yes
Periodic(2) Totalizer No
Consolidation & Work Yes
RAM 22688
0.00
P-18
Program 5
2-3. Programming memory allocation file by file
If you want to allocate files file by file, follow the procedures below.
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 5 mode.
3. Select “3. Individual File” and press the <YES> key.
4. Select the file number you want to change and enter record
number you want to allocate (“0” means file deletion).
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P5
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-5
1.Memory Alloc
0.00
Memory Alloc
Memory Alloc
1.Daily & PGM
2.Periodic & Work
3.Individual File
0.00
Individual File
File001 78
File101 78
File201 0
File301 78
File401 78
File501 0
File601 78
File002 70
RAM 612
0.00
P-19
QT-2100 Programming Manual
File File description Record Max. No. Work Description Attribu- Allocat-
No. length
of records
size tion able
System files
901 System connection table 18 33 75 Program No
902 I/O parameter 5 15 69 Program No
903 Printer connection 27 99 81 Program No
904 Consecutive number 6 5 69 Buffer No
999 System error log 11 20 75 Buffer No
Function and total files
001 Fixed totalizer 26 78 81 Pgm/Sales No
101 (periodic total 1) 10 78 75 Sales Yes
201 (periodic total 2) 10 78 75 Sales Yes
301 (daily consolidation) 10 78 75 for master Sales Yes
401 (periodic 1 consolidation) 10 78 75 for master Sales Yes
501 (periodic 2 consolidation) 10 78 75 for master Sales Yes
601 (consolidation work) 10 78 75 for master Buffer Yes
002 Free function 38 999 99 Pgm/Sales Yes
102 (periodic total 1) 10 999 75 Sales Yes
202 (periodic total 2) 10 999 75 Sales Yes
302 (daily consolidation) 10 999 75 for master Sales Yes
402 (periodic 1 consolidation) 10 999 75 for master Sales Yes
502 (periodic 2 consolidation) 10 999 75 for master Sales Yes
602 (consolidation work) 10 999 75 for master Buffer Yes
003 Subdepaprtment 54 99 135 Pgm/Sales Yes
103 (periodic total 1) 15 99 81 Sales Yes
203 (periodic total 2) 15 99 81 Sales Yes
303 (daily consolidation) 15 99 81 for master Sales Yes
403 (periodic 1 consolidation) 15 99 81 for master Sales Yes
503 (periodic 2 consolidation) 15 99 81 for master Sales Yes
603 (consolidation work) 15 99 81 for master Buffer Yes
004 PLU 92 9999 177 Pgm/Sales Yes
104 (periodic total 1) 30 9999 99 Sales Yes
204 (periodic total 2) 30 9999 99 Sales Yes
304 (daily consolidation) 30 9999 99 for master Sales Yes
404 (periodic 1 consolidation) 30 9999 99 for master Sales Yes
504 (periodic 2 consolidation) 30 9999 99 for master Sales Yes
604 (consolidation work) 30 9999 99 for master Buffer Yes
005 Department 54 99 135 Pgm/Sales Yes
105 (periodic total 1) 15 99 81 Sales Yes
205 (periodic total 2) 15 99 81 Sales Yes
305 (daily consolidation) 15 99 81 for master Sales Yes
405 (periodic 1 consolidation) 15 99 81 for master Sales Yes
505 (periodic 2 consolidation) 15 99 81 for master Sales Yes
605 (consolidation work) 15 99 81 for master Buffer Yes
006 Group 26 99 81 Pgm/Sales Yes
106 (periodic total 1) 10 99 75 Sales Yes
206 (periodic total 2) 10 99 75 Sales Yes
306 (daily consolidation) 10 99 75 for master Sales Yes
406 (periodic 1 consolidation) 10 99 75 for master Sales Yes
506 (periodic 2 consolidation) 10 99 75 for master Sales Yes
606 (consolidation work) 10 99 75 for master Buffer Yes
009 Hourly sales 20 96 87 Sales Yes
109 (periodic total 1) 20 96 87 Sales Yes
209 (periodic total 2) 20 96 87 Sales Yes
309 (daily consolidation) 20 96 87 for master Sales Yes
409 (periodic 1 consolidation) 20 96 87 for master Sales Yes
509 (periodic 2 consolidation) 20 96 87 for master Sales Yes
609 (consolidation work) 20 96 87 for master Buffer Yes
010 Monthly sales 20 32 87 Sales Yes
110 (periodic total 1) 20 32 87 Sales Yes
P-20
Program 5
Note: Never allocate “Shift PLU” files, if you use “Accumulation for menu totaling specification”.
File File description Record Max. No. Work Description Attribu- Allocat-
No. length
of records
size tion able
210 (periodic total 2) 20 32 87 Sales Yes
310 (daily consolidation) 20 32 87 for master Sales Yes
410 (periodic 1 consolidation) 20 32 87 for master Sales Yes
510 (periodic 2 consolidation) 20 32 87 for master Sales Yes
610 (consolidation work) 20 32 87 for master Buffer Yes
012 Void reason 29 99 87 Pgm/Sale Yes
112 (periodic total 1) 10 99 75 Sales Yes
212 (periodic total 2) 10 99 75 Sales Yes
312 (daily consolidation) 10 99 75 for master Sales Yes
412 (periodic 1 consolidation) 10 99 75 for master Sales Yes
512 (periodic 2 consolidation) 10 99 75 for master Sales Yes
612 (consolidation work) 10 99 75 for master Buffer Yes
018 Table analysis 32 99 93 Pgm/Sale Yes
118 (periodic total 1) 10 99 75 Sales Yes
218 (periodic total 2) 10 99 75 Sales Yes
318 (daily consolidation) 10 99 75 for master Sales Yes
418 (periodic 1 consolidation) 10 99 75 for master Sales Yes
518 (periodic 2 consolidation) 10 99 75 for master Sales Yes
618 (consolidation work) 10 99 75 for master Buffer Yes
020 Grand total 24 3 75 Pgm/Sale No
120 (periodic total 1) 8 3 69 Sales Yes
220 (periodic total 2) 8 3 69 Sales Yes
320 (daily consolidation) 8 3 69 for master Sales Yes
420 (periodic 1 consolidation) 8 3 69 for master Sales Yes
520 (periodic 2 consolidation) 8 3 69 for master Sales Yes
620 (consolidation work) 8 3 69 for master Buffer Yes
055 Shift PLU 91 9999 189 Sales Yes
155 (periodic total 1) 70 9999 147 Sales Yes
255 (periodic total 2) 70 9999 147 Sales Yes
355 (daily consolidation) 70 9999 147 for master Sales Yes
455 (periodic 1 consolidation) 70 9999 147 for master Sales Yes
555 (periodic 2 consolidation) 70 9999 147 for master Sales Yes
655 (consolidation work) 70 9999 147 for master Buffer Yes
Clerk
007 Clerk 95 99 165 Program Yes
030 Clerk detail link 4 99 75 Program Yes
027 Clerk (Dallas) key ID 14 200 75 Program Yes
011 Clerk detail 10 9801 75 Sales Yes
111 (periodic total 1) 10 9801 75 Sales Yes
211 (periodic total 2) 10 9801 75 Sales Yes
311 (daily consolidation) 10 9801 75 for master Sales Yes
411 (periodic 1 consolidation) 10 9801 75 for master Sales Yes
511 (periodic 2 consolidation) 10 9801 75 for master Sales Yes
611 (consolidation work) 10 9801 75 for master Buffer Yes
Time & Attendance
014 Hourly / Labor 26 96 99 Sales Yes
114 (periodic total 1) 26 96 99 Sales Yes
214 (periodic total 2) 26 96 99 Sales Yes
314 (daily consolidation) 26 96 99 for master Sales Yes
414 (periodic 1 consolidation) 26 96 99 for master Sales Yes
514 (periodic 2 consolidation) 26 96 99 for master Sales Yes
614 (consolidation work) 26 96 99 for master Buffer Yes
019 Work time 18 4158 111 Sales Yes
319 (daily consolidation) 18 4158 75 for master Sales Yes
800 Time zone 6 24 81 Program Yes
801 Employee 36 99 135 Program Yes
802 Job code 22 50 87 Program Yes
P-21
QT-2100 Programming Manual
File File description Record Max. No. Work Description Attribu- Allocat-
No. length
of records
size tion able
803 Schedule 11 2079 111 Program Yes
806 Time & Attendance work 99 1 657 Buffer Yes
Check
015 Check Index 300 200 69 Buffer Yes
060 Check detail 80 9999 69 Buffer Yes
066 Check detail work 80 2000 69 Buffer Yes
Hourly item
021 Hourly item 10 1920 75 Sales Yes
121 (periodic total 1) 10 1920 75 Sales Yes
221 (periodic total 2) 10 1920 75 Sales Yes
321 (daily consolidation) 10 1920 75 for master Sales Yes
421 (periodic 1 consolidation) 10 1920 75 for master Sales Yes
521 (periodic 2 consolidation) 10 1920 75 for master Sales Yes
621 (consolidation work) 10 1920 75 for master Buffer Yes
031 Hourly item link 4 480 75 Program Yes
IDC
057 IDC (1) 50 9999 69 Sales Yes
357 (consolidation file) 50 9999 69 for master Sales Yes
657 (consolidation work) 50 9999 69 for master Sales Yes
058 IDC (2) 50 9999 69 Sales Yes
358 (consolidation file) 50 9999 69 for master Sales Yes
658 (consolidation work) 50 9999 69 for master Sales Yes
059 IDC (3) 50 9999 69 Sales Yes
359 (consolidation file) 50 9999 69 for master Sales Yes
659 (consolidation work) 50 9999 69 for master Sales Yes
063 IDC buffer 50 9999 69 Buffer Yes
804 IDC link 6 999 81 Program Yes
Program / message / buffer
016 Scanning PLU link 9 300 75 Program Yes
022 General control 6 37 69 Program No
023 Special character 16 58 69 Program No
024 Report header 16 31 69 Program No
025 Tax table 74 10 93 Program Yes
026 Pulldown group 103 999 189 Program Yes
028 Set menu table 80 999 183 Program Yes
029 Batch X/Z 9 10 69 Program Yes
032 Receipt/slip message 40 48 69 Program Yes
033 Endorse message 40 4 69 Program Yes
035 Print buffer 80 999 69 Buffer Yes
036 Registration buffer 80 2000 69 Buffer Yes
039 Character recall 40 9999 69 Program Yes
041 Check print 3 9 69 Program Yes
044 Display buffer 40 1000 69 Buffer Yes
047 Graphic logo 13 432/864 69 Program Yes
048 Electronic journal memory 41 1000 69 Buffer Yes
648 Electronic journal (collection) 41 12336 69 for master Buffer Yes
054 PLU 2nd @ 46 9999 99 Program Yes
062 Scheduler 14 99 75 Program Yes
065 Order character 16 99 69 Program Yes
074 Key table 36 192 171 Program No
099 Euro program 4 3 69 Program Yes
905 Auto program control 3 20 75 Program Yes
Arrangement
038 Arrange group (1) 24 9999 69 Program Yes
138 Arrange group (2) 24 9999 69 Program Yes
238 Arrange group (3) 24 9999 69 Program Yes
338 Arrange group (4) 24 9999 69 Program Yes
438 Arrange group (5) 24 9999 69 Program Yes
P-22
Program 5
P-23
QT-2100 Programming Manual
3. Program 4 ................................................................................. P-24
3-1. Programming key allocation..................................................................... P-24
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change).................................. P-26
3-3. Programming key allocation..................................................................... P-28
P-24
Program 4
3. Program 4
3-1. Programming key allocation
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Put the first level menu sheet on the keyboard.
3. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
4. Select “1. Key Assign” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate function and press the <YES> key.
Then press the corresponding key.
Or select an appropriate function by the function code list (see
the next page) and press the corresponding key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P4
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-4
1.Keyboard
0.00
Keyboard
Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move
0.00
Key Assign
000.NOP 001.CASH 002.CHARGE
003.CHECK 004.CREDIT 006.NB
008.PRCINQ 009.STKINQ 010.CHAR
011.PRT 012.CHKP 013.CLK TRAN
014.TBL TRAN 015.TIP 016.NRMRCT
019.LOAN 020.RC 021.PD
022.P.UP. 023.COUPON 025.DEPOSIT
027.- 028.%- 029.+
030.%+ 033.RF 034.VOID
036.CPN2 037.VLD 038.RCT
039.CK.E 040.# 041.#/NS v
0.00
P-25
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Function Code Initial character
Add check 094
Arrangement 044
Bill copy 047
Break-in/out 109
Cancel 236
Cash amount tendered 001
Charge 002
Check endorsement 039
Check print 012
Check tender 003
Clerk number 072
Clerk transfer 013
Clock-in/out 108
Coupon 023
Coupon 2 036
Credit 004
Cube 090
Currency exchange 045
Customer number 043
Department 051
Department number 135
Deposit 025
Discount 028
Display mode 219
Dutch account 140
Eat-in 128
Electronic journal Disp 207
Error correct/Void 034
First unit price 069
Flat PLU 063
House Bon 114
Ketten Bon 113
List 136
List number 137
Loan 019
Lock out unused key 000
Media change 118
Menu shift 064
Merchandise subtotal 080
Minus 027
Multiplication 082
New balance 006
New check 091
New/Old check 093
Normal receipt 016
No sale 042
Non-add 040
Non-add/No sale 041
OBR 103
Old check 092
ADD CHK
ARG
BILL
BREAK-IN/OUT
CANCEL
CASH
CHARGE
CK.E
CHKP
CHECK
CLK#
CLK TRANS
CLOCK-IN/OUT
COUPON
CPN2
CREDIT
XXX
CE
CT
DEPT nn
DEPT#
DEPOSIT
%–
DISP MODE
DUTCH
EAT-IN
EJ DISP
VOID
1st@
PLU nnnn
HOUSE BON
X/KETTEN
LIST
LIST#
LOAN
NOP
MEDIA CHG
MENU
MDST
–
X
NB
NEW CHK
NEW/OLD
NRMRCT
NS
#
#/NS
OBR
OLD CHK
Function Code Initial character
Open 067
Open2 068
Open Check 117
Operator number 078
Operator read/reset 073
Paid out 021
Pick up 022
Plus 029
PLU 048
Post Entry 115
Premium 030
Price inquiry 008
Price 049
Quantity/For 083
Recall 131
Receipt 038
Receipt On/OFF 076
Received on account 020
Refund 033
Reverse Display 206
Round Repeat 116
Seat number 119
Second unit price 070
Selective item subtotal 085
Separate check 095
Shift PLU 065
Slip back feed/Release 054
Slip feed/Release 056
Slip print 055
Square 084
Stock inquiry 009
Store 130
Subdepartment 133
Subdepartment number 134
Substitution 111
Subtotal 075
Table number 058
Table transfer 014
Take-out 129
Tax status shift 057
Taxable amount subtotal 077
Tax exempt 062
Text print 011
Text recall 010
Tray total 074
Tip 015
Validation 037
VAT 046
X/Z mode 122
OPEN
OPEN2
OPEN CHK
OPE#
OPE X/Z
PD
P.UP
+
PLU#
POST ENTRY
%+
PRCINQ
PRC
QT
RECALL
RCT
RCT ON/OFF
RC
RF
REVERSE
R REPEAT
SEAT#
2nd@
SIST
SEP CHK
SFT PLU
SB/R
SF/R
SLIP
XX
STKINQ
STORE
SUBDEPT nn
SDPT#
SUBST.
SUBTOTAL
TBL#
TABLE TRANS
TAKE-OUT
T/S
TAST
EXEMPT
PRT
CHAR
TRAY TTL
TIP
VLD
VAT
X/Z MODE
P-26
Program 4
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change)
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
3. Select “2. Key Move” and press the <YES> key.
4. Press the first key you want to change.
5. Press the second key you want to change.
P4
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-4
1.Keyboard
0.00
Keyboard
Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move
0.00
Key Move
Please Press the key which
you want to move.
0.00
Key Move
Press the new position
of the key.
0.00
P-27
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6. Press the <YES> key after confirmation.
7. Press <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Keyboard layout
The shadowed key cannot be programmed with any other functions.
Key Move
CASH <-> CHARGE
Move OK? (YES/NO)
0.00
918273645546372 8190 99108
817263544536271 8089 98107
716253443526170 7988 97106
615243342516069 7887 96105
514233241505968 7786 85104
413223140495867 7685 94103
312213039485766 7584 93102
211202938475665 7483 92101
110192837465564 7382 91100
CLK5
CLK4
CLK3
CLK2
CLK1
#/NS
ADD
CHK
SEP
CHK
SUBST.
%–
MENU
SHIFT
HOUSE
BON
NO
YES
cxVOID
789
456
123
000•
TABLE
TRANS
SEAT
No.
HOME
NEW/OLD
CHK
COVERS
PAGE
UP
PAGE
DOWN
CANCEL
CH
CR
CHK
GUEST
RECEIPT
VAT
RC
ESC/
SKIP
PD
SUBTOTAL
CASH AMT
TEND
NB
REG
MODE
X/Z
MODE
PGM
MODE
DISP
ON/OFF
—
P-28
Program 4
3-3. Programming key allocation
Programming different function on the same location of the different menu sheet level.
Method 1
Operation:
First of all, programming one function on one menu sheet by the method of Section 3-1.
Next, issue “5. Function Key” report in the “5. Key Feature” of the “PGM Read Report”
in PGM 6 mode.
And open the function key allocation screen.
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
3. Select “1. Key Assign” and press the <YES> key.
4. Enter the appropriate record number (in 4-digits) and func-
tion code (in 3-digits) and press the corresponding key on the
appropriate menu sheet.
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P4
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-4
1.Keyboard
0.00
Keyboard
Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move
0.00
Key Assign
000.NOP 001.CASH 002.CHARGE
003.CHECK 004.CREDIT 006.NB
008.PRCINQ 009.STKINQ 010.CHAR
011.PRT 012.CHKP 013.CLK TRAN
014.TBL TRAN 015.TIP 016.NRMRCT
019.LOAN 020.RC 021.PD
022.P.UP. 023.COUPON 025.DEPOSIT
027.- 028.%- 029.+
030.%+ 033.RF 034.VOID
036.CPN2 037.VLD 038.RCT
039.CK.E 040.# 041.#/NS v
0.00
P-29
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Method 2
Operation:
In case of allocating different functions from the functions of the same location on the first
level menu sheet, turn the menu sheet or press the <MENU> key and allocate the function
on the menu sheet which you want to put.
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Put on the menu sheet you want to program.
3. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
4. Select “1. Key Assign” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate function and press the <YES> key.
Then press the corresponding key.
Or select an appropriate function by the function code list (see
the previous page) and press the corresponding key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P4
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-4
1.Keyboard
0.00
Keyboard
Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move
0.00
Key Assign
000.NOP 001.CASH 002.CHARGE
003.CHECK 004.CREDIT 006.NB
008.PRCINQ 009.STKINQ 010.CHAR
011.PRT 012.CHKP 013.CLK TRAN
014.TBL TRAN 015.TIP 016.NRMRCT
019.LOAN 020.RC 021.PD
022.P.UP. 023.COUPON 025.DEPOSIT
027.- 028.%- 029.+
030.%+ 033.RF 034.VOID
036.CPN2 037.VLD 038.RCT
039.CK.E 040.# 041.#/NS v
0.00
P-30
Program 4
P-31
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4. Program 3 ................................................................................. P-34
4-1. Programming machine features ............................................................... P-34
4-1-1 Programming pulldown group (adding/modifying/deleting group item)......... P-34
4-1-2 Programming set menu table........................................................................ P-36
4-1-3 Programming arrangement ........................................................................... P-38
4-1-4 Programming batch X/Z report...................................................................... P-39
4-1-5 Programming the general feature ................................................................. P-41
4-1-5-1 Programming the machine control 1 ............................................................. P-41
4-1-5-2 Programming the machine control 2 ............................................................. P-42
4-1-5-3 Programming the machine control 3 ............................................................. P-44
4-1-5-4 Programming the machine control 4 ............................................................. P-45
4-1-5-5 Programming the print control....................................................................... P-46
4-1-5-6 Programming the report control 1 ................................................................. P-47
4-1-5-7 Programming the report control 2 ................................................................. P-48
4-1-5-8 Programming the communication ................................................................. P-49
4-1-5-9 Programming the hourly sales ...................................................................... P-50
4-1-5-10 Programming the slip/guest .......................................................................... P-50
4-1-5-11 Programming the journal control................................................................... P-51
4-1-5-12 Programming the message control ............................................................... P-52
4-1-5-13 Programming the order control ..................................................................... P-52
4-1-5-14 Programming the set menu/condiment ......................................................... P-53
4-1-5-15 Programming the check tracking .................................................................. P-54
4-1-5-16 Programming the clerk interrupt.................................................................... P-54
4-1-5-17 Programming the display control .................................................................. P-55
4-1-5-18 Programming the menu shift 1...................................................................... P-56
4-1-5-19 Programming the menu shift 2...................................................................... P-57
4-1-6 Programming scheduler................................................................................ P-58
4-1-7 Programming check print .............................................................................. P-60
4-1-8 Programming table analysis.......................................................................... P-61
4-1-9 Programming tax table.................................................................................. P-62
4-1-10 Programming void table ................................................................................ P-65
4-1-11 Programming system connection.................................................................. P-66
4-1-12 Programming I/O parameter ......................................................................... P-67
4-1-13 Programming printer connection ................................................................... P-70
4-1-14 Programming time zone ................................................................................ P-71
4-1-15 Programming time & attendance .................................................................. P-72
4-1-15-1 Programming time & attendance (general) .................................................. P-72
4-1-15-2 Programming time & attendance (job code) ................................................. P-73
4-1-15-3 Programming time & attendance (employee & schedule)............................. P-74
4-1-16 Programming hourly item link ....................................................................... P-76
4-1-17 Programming IDC link ................................................................................... P-77
4-1-18 Programming Euro ........................................................................................ P-78
4-1-19 Programming auto program control .............................................................. P-79
4-2. Programming clerks ................................................................................. P-80
4-2-1 Programming clerk features.......................................................................... P-80
4-2-2 Programming operation ................................................................................ P-82
4-2-2-1 Programming clerk control ............................................................................ P-82
4-2-2-2 Programming menu shift/2nd@ .................................................................... P-83
4-2-2-3 Programming mode control........................................................................... P-84
P-32
Program 3
4-2-2-4 Programming function control 1 .................................................................... P-85
4-2-2-5 Programming function control 2 .................................................................... P-86
4-2-2-6 Programming function control 3 .................................................................... P-87
4-2-2-7 Programming function control 4 .................................................................... P-88
4-2-2-8 Programming function control 5 .................................................................... P-89
4-2-2-9 Programming arrangement control ............................................................... P-90
4-2-2-10 Programming X/Z report control.................................................................... P-91
4-2-3 Programming commission rate ..................................................................... P-92
4-2-4 Programming table range ............................................................................. P-93
4-2-5 Programming clerk by range......................................................................... P-94
4-2-5-1 Programming clerk control by range ............................................................. P-94
4-2-5-2 Programming menu shift/2nd@ by range ..................................................... P-95
4-2-5-3 Programming mode control by range............................................................ P-96
4-2-5-4 Programming function control 1 by range ..................................................... P-97
4-2-5-5 Programming function control 2 by range ..................................................... P-98
4-2-5-6 Programming function control 3 by range ..................................................... P-99
4-2-5-7 Programming function control 4 by range ................................................... P-100
4-2-5-8 Programming function control 5 by range ................................................... P-101
4-2-5-9 Programming arrangement control by range .............................................. P-102
4-2-5-10 Programming X/Z report control by range................................................... P-103
4-2-5-11 Programming commission rate by range .................................................... P-104
4-2-5-12 Programming table range by range ............................................................ P-105
4-2-6 Programming clerk detail ............................................................................ P-106
4-2-7 Programming clerk key ID........................................................................... P-107
4-3. Programming key features ..................................................................... P-108
4-3-1 Programming PLU features ........................................................................ P-108
4-3-2 Programming PLU 2nd@ features...............................................................P-110
4-3-3 Programming subdepartment features ........................................................ P-111
4-3-4 Programming department features ..............................................................P-112
4-3-5 Programming by range ................................................................................P-113
4-3-5-1 General procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment,
department by range...................................................................................P-114
4-3-5-2 Programming hierarchy of programming title ...............................................P-115
4-3-6 Programming individual program .................................................................P-116
4-3-7 Programming key function program.............................................................P-117
4-3-7-1 Worksheet for cash, charge, credit and check .............................................P-118
4-3-7-2 Worksheet for new balance .........................................................................P-119
4-3-7-3 Worksheet for text print, text recall ............................................................. P-120
4-3-7-4 Worksheet for check print ........................................................................... P-121
4-3-7-5 Worksheet for clerk transfer ........................................................................ P-121
4-3-7-6 Worksheet for table transfer........................................................................ P-121
4-3-7-7 Worksheet for tip ......................................................................................... P-121
4-3-7-8 Worksheet for loan, pick up ........................................................................ P-122
4-3-7-9 Worksheet for received on account, paid out.............................................. P-122
4-3-7-10 Worksheet for plus, minus, coupon............................................................. P-123
4-3-7-11 Worksheet for deposit+, deposit– ............................................................... P-124
4-3-7-12 Worksheet for void ...................................................................................... P-124
4-3-7-13 Worksheet for check endorsement ............................................................. P-124
4-3-7-14 Worksheet for discount, premium ............................................................... P-125
4-3-7-15 Worksheet for receipt .................................................................................. P-126
P-33
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7-16 Worksheet for non-add, non-add/NS .......................................................... P-126
4-3-7-17 Worksheet for customer .............................................................................. P-127
4-3-7-18 Worksheet for arrangement ........................................................................ P-127
4-3-7-19 Worksheet for currency exchange .............................................................. P-128
4-3-7-20 Worksheet for slip ....................................................................................... P-128
4-3-7-21 Worksheet for T/S, TAST ............................................................................ P-128
4-3-7-22 Worksheet for open..................................................................................... P-129
4-3-7-23 Worksheet for open 2.................................................................................. P-129
4-3-7-24 Worksheet for clerk number ........................................................................ P-130
4-3-7-25 Worksheet for operator X/Z......................................................................... P-130
4-3-7-26 Worksheet for subtotal, merchandise subtotal ............................................ P-130
4-3-7-27 Worksheet for cancel .................................................................................. P-131
4-3-7-28 Worksheet for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon.......... P-131
4-3-7-29 Worksheet for selective item subtotal ......................................................... P-131
4-3-7-30 Worksheet for open check .......................................................................... P-131
4-3-7-31 Worksheet for list ........................................................................................ P-131
4-3-7-32 Worksheet for tax exempt ........................................................................... P-132
4-3-7-33 Worksheet for clock-in/clock-out ................................................................. P-132
4-3-7-34 Worksheet for break-in/break-out ............................................................... P-132
4-3-7-38 Worksheet for round repeat ........................................................................ P-133
4-3-7-35 Worksheet for eat-in/take-out...................................................................... P-133
4-3-7-36 Worksheet for store..................................................................................... P-133
4-3-7-37 Worksheet for new check, new/old check ................................................... P-133
4-3-7-39 Worksheet for shift PLU .............................................................................. P-134
4-3-7-40 Worksheet for receipt on/off ........................................................................ P-134
4-3-7-41 Worksheet for old check ............................................................................. P-134
4-3-7-42 Worksheet for Dutch account...................................................................... P-134
4-3-7-43 Worksheet for tray total ............................................................................... P-134
4-3-7-44 Worksheet for recall .................................................................................... P-134
4-3-8 Programming shift PLU program ................................................................ P-135
4-3-9 Programming scanning PLU link program .................................................. P-136
P-34
Program 3
4. Program 3
4-1. Programming machine features
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 3 mode.
3. Select “1. Machine Feature” and press the <YES> key.
4-1-1 Programming pulldown group (adding/modifying/deleting group item)
Operation
4. Select “1.Pulldown Group” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate pulldown group and press the <YES>
key.
6. If it is necessary to modify the message, press the <YES> key
first to enter the characters, and then press the <YES> key.
Field meaning
1. Number of stay down (Min):
0 = Status, 1 ~ 8 = The number of times for stay down, 9 = No limit
2. Number of stay down (Max):
0 = Status, 1 ~ 8 = The number of times for stay down, 9 = No limit
P3
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-3
1.Machine Feature
2.Clerk
3.Key Feature
0.00
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis v
0.00
Pulldown Group
Pulldown Group
1.LIST01
2.LIST02
3.LIST03
4.LIST04
5.LIST05
6.LIST06
7.LIST07
8.LIST08 v
0.00
Pulldown Group
List Title : LIST01 0001-026
Number of Stay down (Max) 0
Number of Stay down (Min) 0
OK? YES
0.00
P-35
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Addition/Modification
7. Select a record you want to add an item or modify the item and
press the <YES> key.
8. Select “1. PLU” or “2. Pull Down Group” you want to
program.
9. To select an appropriate PLU as an item, select a PLU
directly, enter PLU No. and press the <PLU> key or press the
appropriate <FLAT PLU> key.
10. Repeat step 7 to 9, until completing this pulldown group item
program.
11. Press the <ESC> key to terminate the program and proceed
the next step.
12. If you want to use the <LIST> key, press the <YES> key.
After that, select a <LIST> key by pressing the appropriate
key. When the key you pressed is already used, choose YES
to overwrite.
13. If you do not want to use <LIST> key, press the <NO> key.
14. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
LIST01
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11. v
0.00
LIST01
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
LIST01
Pulldown Group
1.LIST01
2.LIST02
3.LIST03
4.LIST04
5.LIST05
6.LIST06
7.LIST07
8.LIST08 v
0.00
LIST01
Use LIST Key (if “NO” LIST#)
OK? YES
0.00
LIST01
This Key is Already Used.
Overwrite OK? (YES/NO)
0.00
LIST01
Item
1.PLU
2.Pulldown Group
0.00
P-36
Program 3
Deletion
7. Select the first record of items you want to delete and press the
<NO> key.
8. Press the <YES> key.
The selected item and followings are deleted.
9. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
4-1-2 Programming set menu table
Operation
4. Select “2. Set Menu Table” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate set menu item and press the <YES>
key.
LIST01
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11. v
0.00
LIST01
Item 01-02 Delete OK? YES
0.00
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis v
0.00
Set Menu Table
Set Menu Table
1.Set Menu (0001)
2.Set Menu (0002)
3.Set Menu (0003)
4.Set Menu (0004)
5.Set Menu (0005)
6.Set Menu (0006)
7.Set Menu (0007)
8.Set Menu (0008) v
0.00
P-37
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Addition/Modification
6. Select an item record you want to add or modify and
press the <YES> key.
7. Select “1. PLU”, “2. PLU 2nd@” or “3. List” you want to
program.
8. To select an appropriate PLU or PLU 2md@ as an item, select
a PLU directly, enter PLU No. and press the <PLU> key or
press the appropriate <Touch PLU> key.
To select a list as an item, press the <LIST> key or enter the
significant list number, then press the <LIST #> key.
9. Repeat step 6 to 8, until completing this set menu item
program.
10. Press the <ESC> key to terminate the program and proceed
the next step.
11. If you want to change the main PLU, press the <YES> key.
12. Select the main PLU and press the <YES> key.
Set Menu Table (0001)
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11. v
0.00
Set Menu Table (0001)
Item
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.List
0.00
Set Menu Table (0001)
Link:PLU0001 0001-04
OK: YES
0.00
Set Menu Table (0001)
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
Set Menu Table (0001)
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
Set Menu Table (0001)
LIST
1.LIST01
2.LIST02
3.LIST03
4.LIST04
5.LIST05
6.LIST06
7.LIST07
8.LIST08 v
0.00
P-38
Program 3
Deletion
6. Select the smallest record you want to delete the item(s) and
press the <NO> key.
7. Press the <YES> key.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
4-1-3 Programming arrangement
Operation
4. Select “3. Arrangement” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> key.
Set Menu Table (0001)
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11. v
0.00
Set Menu Table (0001)
Item 01-02 Delete OK? YES
0.00
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis v
0.00
Arrangement
Arrangement
1.ARG GP1
2.ARG GP2
3.ARG GP3
4.ARG GP4
5.ARG GP5
0.00
P-39
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6. Press the <YES> key, enter arrangement commands by
character and press the <YES> key.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
4-1-4 Programming batch X/Z report
Operation
4. Select “4. Batch X/Z” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate record, enter the report code (refer to
the next page) and press the <YES> key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
ARG GP1
0001-038
0002-038
0003-038
0004-038
0005-038
0006-038
0007-038
0008-038
0009-038
0010-038
0011-038 v
0.00
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis v
0.00
Batch X/Z
0001-029 001112151700000000
0002-029 101112151700000000
0003-029 011112151700000000
0004-029 111112151700000000
0.00
P-40
Program 3
a
b
c
Description Choice Program code
Allow to issue read report.
Allow to issue reset report.
Read/Reset selection (direct issuance)
Reported area:
Daily area = 0, Periodic 1 area = 1,
Periodic 2 area = 2, Consolidation area = 3
Report code 1
Report code 2
Report code 3
Report code 4
Report code 5
Report code 6
Report code 7
Report code 8
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Read = 0
Reset = 4
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
:
(a+b+c)
D18
:
D17
::
D16 D15
::
D14 D13
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Report Report code
Fixed totalizer report 11
Function key report 12
Subdepartment report 13
PLU report 14
PLU stock report 64
Department report 15
Group report 16
Cashier/clerk report 17
Hourly sales report 19
Monthly sales report 20
Void reason report 22
Table analysis report 28
Electronic journal report 58
Employee (all) report 29
Hourly/labor report 24
Hourly item report 31
P-41
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-5 Programming the general feature
Operation
4. Select “5. General Feature” and press the <YES> key.
4-1-5-1 Programming the machine control 1
5. Select “1. Machine Control1” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Machine number: (0 - 9999)
Not the ID code but the printing machine number.
2. Add mode:
You can choose Add 2 (ex. dollar and cent), Add 0 (ex. Japanese yen) or Add 1.
3. Reset the consecutive No. to initial value after taking daily fixed totalizer report:
Consecutive No. starts preset value +1. (Initial consecutive number: 1 - 999999.)
4. Country Rounding:
You can choose None, IF1, IF2, Danish, Norwegian/Swedish, Singapore.
5. Tax systems:
You can choose VAT/US/Canada/Singapore tax system.
6. VLD compulsory and drawer open:
You can choose “At once” and “After compulsory.”
7. Money-in-drawer limit alarm:
You can enter “Maximum value of left-most digit” and “ The number of zeros.”
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis v
0.00
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction v
0.00
Machine Control1
Machine No. 0
Order of Date DD/MM/YY
Add Mode Add2
Reset consecutive number to
initial value after taking
daily fixed totallizer report No
Initial value for consecutive
number 0
Country Rounding None
Tax System VAT
Disable to amount tender in RF v
0.00
Machine Control1
Country Rounding None
Tax System VAT
Disable to amount tender in RF
/REG- mode YES
VLD compulsory & Drawer Open
At Once
Money-in-drawer limit alarm
Maximum value of left most
digit (0 to 9) 0
Money-in-drawer limit alarm
Number of Zeros (0 to 9) 0
0.00
P-42
Program 3
4-1-5-2 Programming the machine control 2
Operation
5. Select “2. Machine Control2” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Sequencial/Random PLU number:
You can choose “Use memory number” or “Use Random code.”
2. Net total includes tax:
Net total includes add-on tax amount.
If select “No”, add-in tax amount is also excluded.
3. Net total includes commission:
Net total includes clerk commission.
4. Plus/minus follows tax status of item:
The tax status and commission status of plus/minus after item registration follows the
last item.
5. Plus, minus, premium, discount amount in item net totalizer:
Affect premium, discount, plus, minus result to the original item.
6. Limit of number plus, minus, premium, discount key operations per transaction:
Only one premium, discount, plus or minus registration is permitted during one
receipt.
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communication v
0.00
Machine Control2
Display Operator Guidance YES
Sequencial / Ramdom PLU number
Use memory number
Net total Includes Tax Include
Net total Includes Commission Include
+,- Follows Tax Status of item YES
+,-,%+&%- amount in item net
totalizer NO
Limit of number +,-,%+&%- key
operations per transaction NO
Round of %+ or %- operation
v
0.00
Machine Control2
result NO^
Restriction(0 or 5)on the last
digit for amount entry NO
Money Declaration Compulsory NO
ST Compulsory NO
Allow Finalization operation
when subtotal is zero or less YES
Allow more than one tran-
saction in RF mode N Repeat
Issue post receipt
when normal receipt is issued NOv
0.00
Machine Control2
Allow numeric entry when com- ^
pulsory drawer is open YES
Error when actual stock less
than zero NO
Alarm when actual stock less
than minimum stock level NO
Perform stock QTY calculation
during RF mode or RF key NO
Delete RF items from guest
receipt when item
consolidation is on YESv
0.00
Machine Control2
Perform stock QTY calculation ^
during RF mode or RF key NO
Delete RF items from guest
receipt when item
consolidation is on YES
Key Confirmation Tone On YES
Allow Slit Drawer connection NO
Add No. of operation of clear
key into Fixed TTL NO
Use YES key to select item YES
Inline Money Declaration NO
0.00
P-43
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7. Round of Premium or Discount operation:
Rounding on the least significant digit of Premium or Discount registration.
8. Restrict (0 or 5) on the last digit for amount entry:
The least significant digit for monetary amount entries is restricted to 0 or 5.
9. Money declaration compulsory:
Money declaration before daily read/reset operation or colection/consolidation opera-
tion (inline money declaration) is mandatory or not.
10. ST compulsory:
ST key operation before finalization is mandatory or not.
11. Allow finalization operation when subtotal is zero or less:
Allow/prohibit finalization operation when the subtotal amount is zero or less.
12. Allow more than one transaction in RF mode:
Prohibit/allow multiple refund operations after entering the RF mode.
13. Issue Post receipt when normal receipt is issued:
Allow/prohibit post receipt after a normal receipt issuance.
14. Allow numeric entries when compulsory drawer is open:
Allow/prohibit numeric entries when drawer (compulsory drawer only) is opened.
15. Alarm when actual stock less than zero:
Error occurs when actual stock for a registered item becomes negative.
16. Error when actual stock less than minimum stock level:
Error occurs when actual stock for a registered item drops below its programmed
optimum stock value.
17. Perform stock QTY calculation during RF mode or RF key:
Affect to stock value during RF key and the RF mode operation.
18. Delete RF items from guest receipt when its consolidation is on:
Merge the same department/PLU registration of a guest receipt.
19. Use YES key to select item:
Pressing the <YES> key is required when you select an item. If “No” is selected,
<YES> key is not necessary to press.
P-44
Program 3
4-1-5-3 Programming the machine control 3
Operation
5. Select “3. Machine Control3” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Cash Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
2. Charge Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
3. Check Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
4. Credit Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
5. Receipt: Item Consolidation:
Merge the same department/PLU registration on receipt.
6. Receipt: Sort by group:
Classify the registered items per group on receipt.
7. Receipt: Sort by department:
Classify the registered items per department on receipt.
8. Receipt: Sort by group/dept with detail:
You can choose “Total only” or “With detail.”
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction v
0.00
Machine Control3
Cash Declaration Compulsory NO
Charge Declaration Compulsory NO
Check Declaration Compulsory NO
Credit Declaration Compulsory NO
Receipt:Item consolidation NO
Receipt:Sort by group NO
Receipt:Sort by department NO
Receipt:Sort by group/dept
with detail Total only
PRT RCT sort detail w/o TTL NO
Commission total includes VAT NO
0.00
Machine Control3
Rounding for commission calcu- ^
lation Round off
Move two decimal place to
right for unit prices NO
Print consecutive No.
on the receipt Print
Print consecutive NO.
on journal Print
Print date on the receipt Print
Print date on the journal Print
Print time on the receipt Printv
0.00
Machine Control3
on the receipt Print^
Print consecutive No.
on the receipt Print
Print date on the receipt Print
Print date on the journal Print
Print time on the receipt Print
Print time on the journal Print
Vertical double size character
for UP-350 NO
Receipt auto cut YES
E-Journal copy receipt NO
0.00
P-45
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-5-4 Programming the machine control 4
Operation
5. Select “4. Machine Control4” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Compulsory drawer control for multi drawers:
You can choose “All drawers”/“Drawers assigned to clerk”.
2. Scan link start record No.: The PLU items that are set after this record number are
treated as scanning PLU items.
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction v
0.00
Machine Control 4
Drawer open alarm Min. 00-59 0
Drawer open alarm Sec. 00-59 0
Compulsory drawer control for
multi drawers All drawers
Update periodic at daily Z YES
Scan link start record No. 217
0.00
P-46
Program 3
4-1-5-5 Programming the print control
Operation
5. Select “5. Print Control” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction v
0.00
Print Control
Set Menu Detail on Guest/Slip No Print
Print PLU Number No Print
Print Finalized Total Print
Print Taxable Amount1 Print
Print Taxable Amount2 Print
Print Taxable Amount3 Print
Print Taxable Amount4 Print
Print Taxable Amount5 Print
Print Taxable Amount6 Print
Print Taxable Amount7 Print
Print Taxable Amount8 Printv
0.00
Print Control
Print Taxable Amount 9 Print^
Print Taxable Amount10 Print
Print Taxable Status No Print
Printing of total number of
items sold on the receipt No Print
Print number of covers in
header No Print
Cover print double size NO
Print unit price on receipt No Print
One line feeded after
finalization for receipt NOv
0.00
Print Control
Printing of total number of
items sold on the receipt No Print
Print number of covers in
header No Print
Cover print double size NO
Print unit price on receipt No Print
One line feeded after
finalization for receipt NO
Time format 24/12Hour 24 Hour
Single item without fin rct NO
Always issue a receipt NO
0.00
P-47
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-5-6 Programming the report control 1
Operation
5. Select “6. Report Control1” and press the <YES> key.
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction v
0.00
Report Control1
Gross Print
Net Print
Cash In Drawer Print
Cash Declaration short/over No Print
Charge In Drawer No Print
Charge Declaration short/over No Print
Cheque In Drawer Print
Cheque Declaration short/over No Print
Credit In Drawer Print
Credit Declaration short/over No Print
RF Mode total Printv
0.00
Report Control1
Number of covers No Print^
The average spend per cover No Print
Commission for Cashing A Check No Print
Total Service charge No Print
Commission 1 No Print
Commission 2 No Print
Foreign currency cash and
Cheque in drawer totals No Print
Accumulate total of - key and
%- key operation totals No Print
Accumulate total of RF key and v
0.00
Report Control1
VOID key operation totals No Print^
Number of C key operations No Print
Rounding total No Print
TA1 Print
TAX1 Print
TAXEX1 No Print
TA2 Print
TAX2 Print
TAXEX2 No Print
TA3 Print
TAX3 Printv
0.00
Report Control1
TAXEX3 No Print^
TA4 No Print
TAX4 No Print
TAXEX4 No Print
TA5 No Print
TAX5 No Print
TAXEX5 No Print
TA6 No Print
TAX6 No Print
TAXEX6 No Print
TA7 No Printv
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
These items are included in the fixed totalizer report.
Report Control1
TAX7 No Print^
TAXEX7 No Print
TA8 No Print
TAX8 No Print
TAXEX8 No Print
TA9 No Print
TAX9 No Print
TAXEX9 No Print
TA10 No Print
TAX10 No Print
TAXEX10 No Print
0.00
P-48
Program 3
4-1-5-7 Programming the report control 2
Operation
5. Select “7. Report Control2” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Zero-Skip on Report:
Skip zero total item.
2. Print Monthly Sales Average:
Print monthly sales average on monthly sales report.
3. PLU random code order:
You can choose “Mem Number (by memory number)” or “Random Code.”
4. VAT recaluculate on X/Z report:
Calculate VAT amount at report issuance temporarily.
5. Display Report:
Show report on the LCD screen.
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction v
0.00
Report Control2
Dept/Sub Dept Zero-Skip YES
Cashier/Clerk Zero-Skip YES
Function Zero-Skip YES
PLU/Stock Zero-Skip YES
Shift PLU Zero-Skip YES
Hourly Sales Zero-Skip YES
Group Zero-Skip YES
Monthly Sales Zero-Skip YES
Table Analysis Zero-Skip YES
Hourly Production Zero-Skip YES
Hourly Labor Zero-Skip YESv
0.00
Report Control2
Printing of average spend per ^
item on monthly report Print
PLU Random Code Order Mem Number
PLU No. on X/Z Report No Print
Sales Ratio on X/Z Report No Print
Z Counter Print
ITEM Discount Totalizer No Print
Double Z Report NO
VAT Recalculation on X/Z Report NO
Stock Clear at Batch Z NO
Print Consecutive No. range on v
0.00
Report Control2
daily Fixed TTL report No Print^
GT1(Daily) Print
GT2(Daily) Print
GT3(Daily) Print
GT1(Periodic1&2) No Print
GT2(Periodic1&2) No Print
GT3(Periodic1&2) No Print
Display Flash X NO
Display Employee Activity X NO
Display Fixed Totalizer X NO
Display Dept/Sub Dept X NO
0.00
Report Control2
Display Cashier/Clerk X NO^
Display Function X NO
Display PLU/Stock X NO
Display Hourly/Monthly X NO
Display Group X NO
Display Open Check X NO
Display Table Analysis X NO
Display E-Journal X NO
Display Hourly Product X NO
Display Employee X NO
Display Hourly Labor X NO
0.00
Report Control2
Display Fixed Totalizer Z NO^
Display Dept/Sub Dept Z NO
Display Cashier/Clerk Z NO
Display Function Z NO
Display PLU/Stock Z NO
Display Hourly/Monthly Z NO
Display Group Z NO
Display Open Check Z NO
Display Table Analysis Z NO
Display E-Journal Z NO
Display Hourly Product Z NOv
0.00
Report Control2
Display Cashier/Clerk Z NO^
Display Function Z NO
Display PLU/Stock Z NO
Display Hourly/Monthly Z NO
Display Group Z NO
Display Open Check Z NO
Display Table Analysis Z NO
Display E-Journal Z NO
Display Hourly Product Z NO
Display Employee Z NO
Display Hourly Labor Z NO
0.00
P-49
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-5-8 Programming the communication
Operation
5. Select “8. Communication” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Copy program change to other terminals:
Broadcast the programmed data in PGM 1 ~ 4 mode after completion of a program.
2. Origin of reset data to be sent to the master:
You can choose “Own data file” or “Consolidation file.”
3. Stock result copy:
Copy stock quantity to master daily file after Z consolidation.
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction v
0.00
Communication
Copy program change to other
terminals NO
Retry INLINE X/Z Polling YES
Allow to operate communication
function YES
Origin of reset data to be
sent to the master Own data file
Reset&Printing of consolida-
tion file before reset report Print
Master printing of consolida-
tion reset report Printv
0.00
Communication
sent to the master Own data file^
Reset&Printing of consolida-
tion file before reset report Print
Master printing of consolida-
tion reset report Print
Reset consolidation total
after inline consolidation YES
Stock Result Copy NO
Accumulation of data in consoli-
dation area following RESET
operation YES
0.00
P-50
Program 3
4-1-5-9 Programming the hourly sales
Operation
5. Select “9. Hourly Sales” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Hour (00 ~ 23)
2. Minute (00 ~ 59)
4-1-5-10 Programming the slip/guest
Operation
5. Select “10. SLIP/Guest” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales ^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt v
0.00
Hourly Sales
Interval(Hours) 1
Interval(Minutes) 0
Start Time(Hour) 0
Start Time(Minute) 0
0.00
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales ^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt v
0.00
SLIP / Guest
Print additional items only
Entire memory
Slip Auto Line Find NO
Slip Maximum Lines 0
Maximum number of automatic
line feed 0
Item consolidation on slip/
Guest receipt NO
Printing only Group TTL on slip/
Guest receipt NO
Print only Dept TTL on Slip/ v
0.00
SLIP / Guest
Guest receipt NO^
Print detail in order of Dept/
Group on slip/Guest receipt
Total only
PRT GUEST sort detail w/o TTL NO
Consecutive No. on slip/Guest
receipt Print
Print Date on slip/Guest RCT Print
Print Time on slip/Guest RCT Print
Back feed after slip Print NO
Back feed after VLD Print NOv
0.00
SLIP / Guest
Print detail in order of Dept/ ^
Group on slip/Guest receipt
Total only
PRT GUEST sort detail w/o TTL NO
Consecutive No. on slip/Guest
receipt Print
Print Date on slip/Guest RCT Print
Print Time on slip/Guest RCT Print
Back feed after slip Print NO
Back feed after VLD Print NO
Back feed after CHK-END/PRT NO
0.00
P-51
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Field meaning
1. Print additional items only:
Slip printing begins with “At the top of the transaction (Entire memory)/At the top of
this receipt (Additional only).”
2. Slip Maximum Line (00 ~ 99)
Note: This line should be set.
3. Back feed after slip Print/Back feed after VLD Print/Back feed after CHK-END/PRT:
These lines are only effective for SP-1300.
4-1-5-11 Programming the journal control
Operation
5. Select “11. Journal Control” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Storage of TRG operation into electronic journal memory:
Put training clerk registration data into electronic journal memory.
2. Generate E-Journal full error:
Alert when the electronic journal memory becomes full/Not alert even if the electronic
journal memory becomes full..
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales ^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt v
0.00
Journal Control
Storage of TRG Operation into
E-Journal YES
Generate E-Journal full error NO
0.00
P-52
Program 3
4-1-5-12 Programming the message control
Operation
5. Select “12. Message Control” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Receipt Logo either graphic or text:
Select Text Logo/Graphic Logo.
4-1-5-13 Programming the order control
Operation
5. Select “13. Order Control” and press the <YES> key.
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales ^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt v
0.00
Message Control
Receipt Logo Message Print
Receipt Commercial Message No Print
Receipt Bottom Message No Print
Slip Commercial Message No Print
Slip Bottom Message No Print
Slip Intermediate Message No Print
Bill Top Message No Print
Bill Copy Message No Print
Bill Bottom Message No Print
Receipt Logo either Graphic or
Text Textv
0.00
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales ^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt v
0.00
Order Control
Print location character No Print
Print Item Price No Print
Stop printing message on
double BON No Print
Print Detail of Set Menu No Print
Auto cutting every KP order NO
Print dashed line NO
Print items on KP training
operator NO
Perform item consolidation on
KP NOv
0.00
Order Control
Print dashed line NO^
Print items on KP training
operator NO
Perform item consolidation on
KP NO
Number of line feed before
print dashed line or auto cut 0
Number of line feed after
print dashed line or auto cut 4
Error generate Printer goes
down YES
0.00
Message Control
Receipt Commercial Message No Print^
Receipt Bottom Message No Print
Slip Commercial Message No Print
Slip Bottom Message No Print
Slip Intermediate Message No Print
Bill Top Message No Print
Bill Copy Message No Print
Bill Bottom Message No Print
Receipt Logo either Graphic or
Text Text
Report Header Print No Print
0.00
P-53
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
4-1-5-14 Programming the set menu/condiment
Operation
5. Select “14. Set Menu/Condiment” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Calculate Price for detail:
Calculate/Not calculate detail item prices in set menu.
2. Follow the same QTY as main item:
Fine Dining: Not allow to enter the number of the condiment, and follow the
quantities of main PLU.
Fast food: Allow to enter the number of the condiment, and not follow the
quantities of main PLU.
Fine Dining QTY: Not allow to enter the number of the condiment but allow to
select the condiment by LIST staydown within the quantities of main
PLU.
3. No. of detail for Post Entry:
The value of reserved record for post entry function in detail file.
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales ^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt v
0.00
Set Menu/Condiment
Calculate Price for detail YES
Follow the same QTY as main
item Fine Dining
No. of Detail for Post Entry 0
0.00
P-54
Program 3
4-1-5-15 Programming the check tracking
Operation
5. Select “15. CHK Tracking” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Clearing CHK/TBL No. by using the same number again:
You can choose “Check Number” or “Table Number”.
4-1-5-16 Programming the clerk interrupt
Operation
5. Select “16. Clerk Interrupt” and press the <YES> key.
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales ^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt v
0.00
CHK tracking
Clearing CHK/TBL No. by using
the same number again CHK Number
CHK# 12 Digits(if No,6Digits) NO
Tax Claculation print by after
NB key NO
Print previous balance when
CHK is opened by OLD CHK key Print
Perform item consolidation
when CHK is opened by OLD CHK NO
STORE/RECALL Start Range 0
STORE/RECALL End Range 0v
0.00
CHK tracking
CHK is opened by OLD CHK key Print^
Perform item consolidation
when CHK is opened by OLD CHK NO
STORE/RECALL Start Range 0
STORE/RECALL End Range 0
Auto Check Start Range 0
Auto Check End Range 0
Reset STORE/RECALL No. after
taking OPEN CHK Z report NO
Suppress detail display NO
SEP CHK Consolidation NO
0.00
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales ^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt v
0.00
P-55
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Clerk sign off timer: 0 - 99. (Sec.) This program is also effective for non-clerk interrupt
system.
4-1-5-17 Programming the display control
Operation
5. Select “17. Display Control” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Backlight Off Timer: 0 - 59. (Minute)
Clerk Interrupt
Allow Clerk Interrupt NO
Allow operation to clerks who
are not allocated clerk
interrupt detailed memory NO
Auto Sign Off Timer for clerk
interrupt (In seconds) 0
0.00
General Feature
General Feature
12.Message Control ^
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
17.Display Control
18.Menu Shift 1
19.Menu Shift 2
0.00
Display Control
Backlight Off Timer(Min) 1
0.00
P-56
Program 3
4-1-5-18 Programming the menu shift 1
Operation
5. Select “18. Menu Shift 1” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Accumulate touch PLU menus:
Enable/Disable to sum up PLUs to one Menu sheet.
2. Follow memu total reset operation to the destination:
Reset child menu sheets with parent menu sheet together/Reset menu sheet indepen-
dently.
3. Destination of accumulation for menu totalizing:
Define the sheet No. of parent menu sheet. (1 ~ 8)
General Feature
General Feature
12.Message Control ^
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
17.Display Control
18.Menu Shift 1
19.Menu Shift 2
0.00
Menu Shift 1
PLU Quantity Extension NO
DEPT Quantity Extension YES
SUB DEPT Quantity Extension YES
Accumulate touch PLU menus NO
Follow menu total reset opera-
tion to the destination NO
Destination(1) of accumulation
for menu totalizing 0
Accumulate 1st menu to (1) NO
Accumulate 2nd menu to (1) NO
Accumulate 3rd menu to (1) NOv
0.00
Menu Shift 1
Accumulate 4th menu to (1) NO^
Accumulate 5th menu to (1) NO
Accumulate 6th menu to (1) NO
Accumulate 7th menu to (1) NO
Accumulate 8th menu to (1) NO
Destination(2) of accumulation
for menu totalizing 0
Accumulate 1st menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 2nd menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 3rd menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 4th menu to (2) NOv
0.00
Menu Shift 1
Accumulate 8th menu to (1) NO^
Destination(2) of accumulation
for menu totalizing 0
Accumulate 1st menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 2nd menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 3rd menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 4th menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 5th menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 6th menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 7th menu to (2) NO
Accumulate 8th menu to (2) NO
0.00
Note: Never use these functions with “Shift PLU”.
P-57
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-5-19 Programming the menu shift 2
Operation
5. Select “19. Menu Shift 2” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
Define start PLU No. of each menu sheet.
General Feature
General Feature
12.Message Control ^
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
17.Display Control
18.Menu Shift 1
19.Menu Shift 2
0.00
Menu Shift 2
Start PLU Number of 1st menu 1
Start PLU Number of 2nd menu 109
Start PLU Number of 3rd menu 217
Start PLU Number of 4th menu 325
Start PLU Number of 5th menu 433
Start PLU Number of 6th menu 541
Start PLU Number of 7th menu 649
Start PLU Number of 8th menu 757
0.00
P-58
Program 3
4-1-6 Programming scheduler
Operation
4. Select “6. Scheduler” and press the <YES> key.
5. Enter schedule (refer to the next page) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis v
0.00
Scheduler D28 - D13 D12 - D1
0001-062 0000000000000000 000000000000
0002-062 0000000000000000 000000000000
0003-062 0000000000000000 000000000000
0004-062 0000000000000000 000000000000
0.00
P-59
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Description Choice Program code
Scheduler start time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Scheduler end time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Always “0”
Interval control 1:
Daily = 0, Weekly = 1, Monthly = 2
Interval control 2:
Daily; No meaning
Weekly; Define day of a week
00; Sunday, 01; Monday, 02; Tuesday, 03; Wednesday,
04; Thursday, 05; Friday, 06; Saturday
Monthly; Define date, 01 ~ 31, 99 means the end of the month
Interval time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Always “0”
Arrangement table No.
Arrangement file No.
Always “0000”
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
::::
D28 D27 D26 D25
::::
D24 D23 D22 D21
;
D20
:
D19
::
D18 D17
::::
D16 D15 D14 D13
;
D12
::::
D11 D10 D9 D8
:::
D7 D6 D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-60
Program 3
4-1-7 Programming check print
Operation
4. Select “7. Check Print” and press the <YES> key.
5. Enter value (below) and press the <YES> key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis v
0.00
Check Print
0001-041 000000
0002-041 000000
0003-041 000000
0004-041 000000
0005-041 000000
0006-041 000000
0007-041 000000
0008-041 000000
0009-041 000000
0.00
Description Choice Program code
Define printing data:
1; Printing amount 2; Printing amount (double size)
3; Printing date 4; Printing date (double size)
5; Check endorsement message 1st line
6; Check endorsement message 2nd line
7; Check endorsement message 3rd line
8; Check endorsement message 4th line
Feed before printing.
Feed direction
Feed 1 line after printing.
No. of feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
Printing offset digits (00 ~ 49)
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
Normal = 0
Reverse = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
:
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
a
b
c
P-61
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-8 Programming table analysis
Operation
4. Select “8. Table Analysis” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> key.
6. Enter characters for table analysis and press the <YES> key.
7. Enter value (below) and press the <YES> key.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Note:
This programming is only effective, if the check-# is 6-digit long
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis v
0.00
Table Analysis
TBL01 000000000000
TBL02 000000000000
TBL03 000000000000
TBL04 000000000000
TBL05 000000000000
TBL06 000000000000
TBL07 000000000000
TBL08 000000000000
TBL09 000000000000
TBL10 000000000000
0.00
Description Choice Program code
Minimum check No. of the group
(“0” means “1.”)
Maximum check No. of the group
(“000000” means no programming.)
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
::::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
P-62
Program 3
4-1-9 Programming tax table
Operation
4. Select “9. Tax Table” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate table and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> key.
7. Enter value (below) and press the <YES> key.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Tax Rate(%): (VAT & VAT: Sharing rate for the primary taxable amount)
Rate; 0.0001 ~ 9999.9999 % (Use Decimal point key)
2. Maximum Table Amount:
Maximum value; 0.00 ~ 9999.99
3. Rounding:
Selection; Cut off/Round off/Round up/Round up to two dp
4. Singapore Rounding:
Selection; Yes/No
5. Calculation type:
Selection;
Not calculate/Table/Table & Add on/Add in (VAT)/Tax on Tax/VAT and VAT
6. Sum of Cyclic Patterns, No. of Cyclic Values, Sum of Cyclic Values, Actual Values
See the following pages.
cf. VAT & VAT:
1. Sharing rate of the primary taxable amount → enter “Tax rate” field.
2. Actual tax table for primary tax table code → enter “Actual value (1)” field.
3. Actual tax table for secondary tax table code → enter “Actual value (2)” field.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler ^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
Tax Table
Tax Table
1.Tax Table (1)
2.Tax Table (2)
3.Tax Table (3)
4.Tax Table (4)
5.Tax Table (5)
0.00
Tax Table (1)
Tax Rate(%) 8.125
Maximum Table Amount 0.00
Rounding Round Off
Singapore Rounding Yes
Calculation Type Add in(VAT)
Sum of Cyclic Patterns 0
No. of Cyclic Values 0
Sum of Non-Cyclic Values 0
Actual Values(01) 0
Actual Values(02) 0
Actual Values(03) 0v
0.00
P-63
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Explanation of U.S. tax table examples
Tax table without a tax rate
•Sum of a single cyclic pattern: 14 + 14 + 14 + 15 + 14 + 14 + 15 = 100
•Number of values in each cyclic pattern: 7
•Sum of values in non-cyclic pattern: 7
•Sum of values in the non-cyclic pattern: 7
•Non-cyclic values and one set of cyclic values (actual values): 7, 14, 14, 14, 15, 14, 14, 15
•Maximum taxable amount in table calculation: $20.07
•Tax system: Tax table with rate
•Tax rate: 7.000%
•Rounding method: Cut off to two decimal places
•Sum of a single cyclic pattern: 17 + 17 + 16 = 50
•Number of values in each cyclic pattern: 3
•Sum of values in the non-cyclic pattern: 10 + 14 = 24
•Non-cyclic values and one set of cyclic values (actual values): 10, 14, 17, 17, 16
•Tax system: Tax table without rate
Tax table with a tax rate
Price Range
Tax
(6%) Min. break point Max. break point
$.00
.01
.02
.03
.04
.05
.06
.07
$ .01
.11
.25
.42
.59
.75
.82
1.09
10
24
41
58
74
91
108
124
141
0
10
24
41
58
74
91
108
124
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
10
14
17
17
16
17
17
16
17
$ .10
.24
.41
.58
.74
.81
1.08
1.24
Max. break points
Upper Lower
Differ-
ence Pattern
Non-cyclic data
Cyclic data
Cyclic data
Price Range
Tax
(6%) Min. break point Max. break point
$.00
.01
.02
.03
.04
.05
.06
.07
.08
.09
.10
.11
.12
.13
.14
1.40
$ .01
.08
.22
.36
.50
.65
.79
.93
1.08
1.22
1.36
1.50
1.65
1.79
1.93
19.93
7
21
35
49
64
78
92
107
121
135
149
164
178
192
207
0
7
21
35
49
64
78
92
107
121
135
149
164
178
192
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
7
14
14
14
15
14
14
15
14
14
14
15
14
14
15
$ .07
.21
.35
.49
.64
.78
.92
1.07
1.21
1.35
1.49
1.64
1.78
1.92
2.07
20.07
Max. break points
Upper Lower
Differ-
ence Pattern
Non-cyclic data
Cyclic data
Cyclic data
On all sales above $20.07, compute the
tax at a rate of 7%
P-64
Program 3
Explanation of VAT & VAT
Example 1: Share the amount
Tax table programming
Item programming & registration result
Tax rate Calculation Primary Secondary
(Share rate) type tax status tax status
Table 1 10.0000% VAT
Table 2 20.0000% VAT
:
Table 4 33.3333% VAT & VAT 1 2 → 33.3333% for taxable 1
→ 66.6667% for taxable 2
Table 5 25.0000% VAT & VAT 1 2 → 25.0000% for taxable 1
→ 75.0000% for taxable 2
Program Registration result
Unit price Tax status Taxable 1 Taxable 2
Item 1 $10.00 1 $10.00
Item 2 $20.00 2 $20.00
:
Item 4 $30.00 4 $10.00 $20.00
($30.00 × 33.3333%) ($30.00 × 66.6667%)
Item 5 $40.00 5 $10.00 $30.00
($40.00 × 25.0000%) ($40.00 × 75.0000%)
Example 2: The alternative of taxable 1 or 2
Tax table programming
Item programming & registration result
Program Registration result
Unit price Tax status Taxable 1 Taxable 2
Item 1 $10.00 4 $10.00 $10.00
Tax 1 Exempt $10.00
Tax 2 Exempt $10.00
Tax rate Calculation Primary Secondary
(Share rate) type tax status tax status
Table 1 10.0000% VAT
Table 2 20.0000% VAT
:
Table 4 VAT & VAT 1 2 → Select tax status by <TAX EXEMPT>.
P-65
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-10 Programming void table
Operation
4. Select “10. Void Table” and press the <YES> key.
5. Press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> key.
7. Enter void character and press the <YES> key.
8. Enter value (below) and press the <YES> key.
9. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler ^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
Void Table
Use Void Table YES
0.00
Void Table
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
0.00
Description Choice Program code
Return stock value. Yes = 0
No = 1 :
D1
P-66
Program 3
4-1-11 Programming system connection
Operation
4. Select “11. System Connection” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the record with “*” and press the <YES> key.
6. Enter the logical ID character and press the <YES> key.
8. Press the <Right arrow> key, enter value (below; D12,D11 and
D10 ~ D1 ) and press the <YES> key.
9. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
10. This program should be made to all terminals in the cluster.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler ^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
System Connection
* 1 MC #01 02010100000
2 00000000000
3 00000000000
4 00000000000
5 00000000000
6 00000000000
7 00000000000
8 00000000000
9 00000000000
10 00000000000
11 00000000000v
0.00
Description Choice Program code
Logical ID characters (within 12 characters)
Terminal:
Oneself = 02, Others = 01
Check tracking master/backup master (program value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Check tracking master/backup master (current value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Always “00000”
Check tracking cluster No. (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means no designation.)
Significant
characters
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
number
::::::
D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19
::::::
D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
:
D1
P-67
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-12 Programming I/O parameter
Operation
4. Select “12. I/O Parameter” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate record, enter appropriate value (below)
and press the <YES> key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
First record
Second record
Third record
Note: Please perform the flag clear opera-
tion of the terminal after changing the
I/O parameter table.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler ^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
I/O Parameter
0001-902 0000000000
0002-902 0000000000
0003-902 0000000000
0004-902 0000000000
0005-902 0000000000
0006-902 0000000000
0007-902 0000000000
0008-902 0000000000
0009-902 0000000000
0010-902 0000000000
0011-902 0000000000
0.00
Description Choice Program code
Online baud rate: 115200bps = 0,1 57600bps = 2,
38400bps = 3, 19200bps = 4, 9600bps = 5,
4800bps = 6, 2400bps = 7
Activation signal (trigger):
DR = 0, CI = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
:
D2
:
D1
Description Choice Program code
Inline baud rate:
312kbps = 0*, 156kbps = 1
* For INLINE 2 (CAT5) cable, select 312kbps only.
Significant
number :
D1
Description Choice Program code
Always “0”;
D1
P-68
Program 3
Description Choice Program code
Display color:
White line/black ground = 0, Black line/white ground = 1 :
D1
Significant
number
Seventh record
Fourth record
Fifth record
Description Choice Program code
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM4 = 0, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
Significant
numbers
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
::
D10D9
;;;
D8 D7 D6
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM5 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM6 = 6
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
Significant
numbers
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
::
D10D9
;;;
D8 D7 D6
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Rear display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0
Remote display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0
* You can connect either rear or remote display.
:
D2
:
D1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Sixth record
P-69
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Description Choice Program code
Always “0”;
D1
Description Choice Program code
Parity:
Even = 0, Non = 1, Odd = 2
Bit:
7 bit = 0, 8 bit = 1
Scanner:
Connect = 2, No = 0
Baud rate:
2400 bps = 0, 9600 bps = 1, 4800 bps = 2
:
D4
:
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM6 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
Significant
numbers
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
::
D10D9
;;;
D8 D7 D6
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Eighth record
Nineth record
Tenth record
Eleventh record
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Description Choice Program code
Using RS-232C port for printer:
No printer = 0, COM2 = 2 (COM4 = 4, COM 5 = 5, COM 6 = 6)
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for slip printer:
No printer = 0, 9600bps = 1
SP-1300:
Connect = 70, No = 00
If you use COM 4 ~ 6, the automatic detection during INIT does not performed. Assign it manually.
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
P-70
Program 3
4-1-13 Programming printer connection
Operation
4. Select “13. Printer Connection” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate record of the main printer field and
press the <YES> key.
6. Select these options, “1.My Printer #1/2.My Printer #2/3.My
Printer #3/4.RS-232C Printer” and press the <YES> key.
7. If you select “4.RS-232C Printer”, select the terminal ID /1,
/2 or /3.
•/1 stands for the specified printer which is programmed
in the forth record. (page 68)
•/2 stands for the specified printer which is programmed
in the fifth record. (page 68)
•/3 stands for the specified printer which is programmed
in the eleventh record. (page 69)
8. If you want to allocate backup printer, set the backup printer
in the backup printer field.
9. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Note:
The 10-th through 16-th record of this file are used for the printer definition of order ID
change of the Manager function.
The 17-th through 24-th record are not used.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler ^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
Printer Connection
1 R/J MC #01 /1 MC #01 /2
2 Report MC #02 /2 MC #01 /1
3 Order1 MC #03 /1 MC #03 /2
4 Order2 MC #01 /1 MC #03 /1
5 Order3
6 Order4
7 Order5
8 Order6
9 Order7
10 No
11 No v
0.00
Backup printer definition field
Main printer definition field
Printer Connection
Print
1.No
2.R/J
3.Report
4.Order1
5.Order2
6.Order3
7.Order4
8.Order5 v
0.00
Printer Connection
R/J
1.My printer /1
2.My printer /2
3.My printer /3
4.RS-232C Printer
5.No
0.00
Printer Connection
RS-232C Printer
1.MC #01 /1
2.MC #01 /2
3.MC #01 /3
4.MC #02 /1
5.MC #02 /2
6.MC #02 /3
7.
8. v
0.00
P-71
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-14 Programming time zone
Operation
4. Select “14. Time Zone” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate record, and enter the start time, end
time, and cycle time.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Worksheet for time zone
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
9.Tax Table ^
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link v
0.00
Rec-No. File No. Start Time field
End Time field
Cycle Time field
Description Choice Program code
Zone Start Time (Hour)
Zone Start Time (Minute) (00~59)
Zone End Time (Hour) (00~23)
Zone End Time (Minute) (00~59)
Zone Cycle (Hour) (00~23)
Zone Cycle (Minute) (00, 15, 30, 45)
00 ~23
00 ~ 59
00 ~ 23
00 ~ 59
00 ~ 23
00, 15, 30, 45
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Time Zone Start End Cycle
0001-800 09:00 10:00 00:15
0002-800 10:00 12:00 00:30
0003-800 15:00 17:00 01:00
0004-800 00:00 00:00 00:00
0005-800 00:00 00:00 00:00
0006-800 00:00 00:00 00:00
.
.
.
0.00
P-72
Program 3
4-1-15 Programming time & attendance
Preparation
4. Select “15. Time & Attendance” and press the <YES> key.
4-1-15-1 Programming time & attendance (general)
Operation
5. Select “1. General” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field Meanings:
1. Time&Attendance control:
Weekly, Bi-weekly
2. Rounding minute of work time:
Non, 10 min., 15 min., 20 min., 30 min.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
9.Tax Table ^
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link v
0.00
Time & Attendance
Time & Attendance
1.General
2.Job Code
3.Employee&Scedule
0.00
General
Time & Attendance control Weekly
Weekly work time 40:00
Weekly work time for minor 25:00
Work time includes break hours NO
Rounding minute of work time Non
Allow employee report Z with
employees clocked-in NO
Enable clerk to sign on after
clock-in YES
0.00
P-73
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-15-2 Programming time & attendance (job code)
Operation
5. Select “2. Job Code” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate job code and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record to enter the character or number
and press the <YES> key, or choose option.
Time & Attendance
Time & Attendance
1.General
2.Job Code
3.Employee&Scedule
0.00
Time & Attendance
Job Code
1.Cook
2.Cashier
3.Dish wash
4.Floor cleaning
5.JOB#05
6.JOB#06
7.JOB#07
8.JOB#08 v
0.00
Memory No 1
Descriptor Cook
Pay Rate 9999.99
Over Time Pay Ratio 99.99
Tip Declaration Compulsory NO
0.00
P-74
Program 3
4-1-15-3 Programming time & attendance (employee & schedule)
Operation
5. Select “3. Employee&Schedule” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate employee file, and press the <YES>
key.
7. Select an appropriate record to enter the character or choose
options.
8. Press the <ESC> key to assign schedule mode.
Field Meanings:
Employee No.: Put in the numeric number (0 ~ 999999). When you put “0” at the
beginning of the number, these numbers are not recognized.
Descriptor: Put the specific character within 16-digits from the leftmost side.
Social Security No.: Put in the numeric number (0 ~ 9999999999). When you put “0”
at the beginning of the number, these numbers are recognized.
Job Code (1)~(4): Choose an item from the pulldown menu.
Cashier/Clerk Name: Choose an employee from the character pulldow menu.
Time & Attendance
Time & Attendance
1.General
2.Job Code
3.Employee&Scedule
0.00
Time & Attendance
Employee&Schedule
1.Sean Harrison
2.Oliver Clapton
3.Richard Baker
4.Geia Peabody
5.Tyler Johnson
6.EMP#06
7.EMP#07
8.EMP#08 v
0.00
Memory No 1
Employee No. 123456
Descriptor Sean Harrioson
Social Security No. 1234567890
Job Code(1) Cook
Job Code(2) Casier
Job Code(3) Dish wash
Job Code(4) --------
Allow to Specify Job Code
when Clocking-in NO
Allow to Clock-in with Non-
Preset Job Code NOv
0.00
Memory No 1
Job Code(3) Dish wash ^
Job Code(4) --------
Allow to Specify Job Code
when Clocking-in NO
Allow to Clock-in with Non-
Preset Job Code NO
Display Job Code Window
when Clocking-in NO
Minor Employee YES
Ignore schedule setting NO
Cashier/Clerk Name Harrison
0.00
P-75
QT-2100 Programming Manual
9. Select an appropriate day, and press the <YES> key.
10. Select an appropriate record to enter the appropriate job and
time.
Time & Attendance
Schedule
1.Monday
2.Tuesday
3.Wednesday
4.Thursday
5.Friday
6.Saturday
7.Sunday
0.00
Sean Harrison Monday
Shift(1) Cook
Start Time 08:00
End Time 10:00
Break Time 00:15
Grace Before Start 10
Grace After Start 00
Grace Before End 00
Grace After End 15
Shift(2) Waiter
Start Time 14:30
End Time 17:00 v
0.00
P-76
Program 3
4-1-16 Programming hourly item link
Operation
4. Select “16. Hourly/Item Link” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate record, and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record, and choose the items from PLU,
subdepartment, department, function, fixed totalizer, group,
and void reason.
•You can input the items directly from PLU, subdepartment,
department and free function. The PLU#, S-DEPT#, DEPT#,
and LIST# keys are possible to use.
•If you want to delete the item, move the cursor on an
appropriate item, and then press the <NO> key. All items
below the cursor will be deleted. If you press <YES>, the
pulldown menu will appear to select an item.
7. Press the <ESC> key to go to the next menu.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
9.Tax Table ^
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link v
0.00
Hourly/Item Link
Hourly/Item Link
1.Time Zone (1)
2.Time Zone (2)
3.Time Zone (3)
4.Time Zone (4)
5.Time Zone (5)
6.Time Zone (6)
7.Time Zone (7)
8.Time Zone (8) v
0.00
Time Zone (1)
0001-031 0001-001 GROSS
0002-031 0002-001 NET
0003-031 0003-001 CAID
0004-031 0007-001 CHID
0005-031 0011-001 CKID
0006-031 0015-001 CRID
0007-031
0008-031
0009-031
0010-031
0011-031
0.00
P-77
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-17 Programming IDC link
Operation
4. Select “17. IDC Link” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate record, and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate item and press the <YES> key to choose
an option.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field Meanings:
1. Item code:
•Choose an item from the pulldown menu of each file as below.
PLU, Sub-Department, Department, Free Function, Pull Down Group
Clerk
If you choose Clerk, then whole transaction is stored regardless “Store Data”
option.
•You can input the items directly from PLU, Subdepartment, Department and Free
Function. The PLU#, S-DEPT#, DEPT#, and LIST# keys are possible to use.
•To clear the record, enter “0” and then press the <YES> key.
2. Store File:
Specify the option for the Store File.
No., IDC(1), IDC(2), IDC(3)
3. Store Data:
Specify the option for the store file.
Item only, Whole Transaction
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
10.Void Table ^
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
17.IDC Link
0.00
IDC Link
IDC Link
1.IDC Link (0001)
2.IDC Link (0002)
3.IDC Link (0003)
4.IDC Link (0004)
5.IDC Link (0005)
6.IDC Link (0006)
7.IDC Link (0007)
8.IDC Link (0008) v
0.00
IDC Link (0001)
0001-804 0001-004 PLU0001
Store File IDC(1)
Store Data Whole Transaction
0.00
P-78
Program 3
4-1-18 Programming Euro
Operation
4. Select “18. EURO (sub currency ” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
6. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field Meanings:
1. EURO (sub) add mode:
Monetary mode of the currency (0 ~ 3)
Note: If you changed this value, just terminate this program and re-enter, in case of
modifying some values in this menu.
2. Rate: 6 digits, 0.00001 ~ 999999
3. Rate rounding: Round off/Cut off/Round up
4. Drawer number: Main = 0, 1/Sub (option) = 2
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
11.System Connection ^
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
17.IDC Link
18.EURO (Sub Currency v
0.00
EURO (Sub Currency) Preset
EURO (sub) addmode 0
Quit this menu if changed.
LOCAL(main) > EURO(sub) Rate 0.01
EURO(sub) Rate Rounding Round off
EURO(sub) > LOCAL(main) Rate 100
LOCAL(main) Rate Rounding Round off
Print receipt EURO(sub) TL NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) TAX NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) Fin NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) CG NO
Print report EURO(sub) Amount NOv
0.00
EURO (Sub Currency) Preset
EURO(sub) Rate Rounding Round off^
EURO(sub) > LOCAL(main) Rate 100
LOCAL(main) Rate Rounding Round off
Print receipt EURO(sub) TL NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) TAX NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) Fin NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) CG NO
Print report EURO(sub) Amount NO
EURO(sub) Drawer number 0
Open drawer immediately NO
Change is EURO(sub)
0.00
P-79
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-1-19 Programming auto program control
This program restricts the broadcasting feature after programming.
Operation
4. Select “19. Auto Pgm control” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate record, and enter the program code.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Worksheet for Auto program control
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
12.I/O Parameter ^
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
17.IDC Link
18.EURO (Sub Currency
19.Auto Pgm Control
0.00
Auto Pgm control
0001-905 0902 01
0002-905 0999 01
0003-905 0000 00
0004-905 0000 00
0.00
Description Choice Program code
File No.
Broadcast this file (designated by D6 ~ D3) only.
Ignore to receive this file (designated by D6 ~ D3).
::::
D6 D5 D4 D3
:
D2
:
D1
Significant
numbers
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 1
P-80
Program 3
4-2. Programming clerks
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> to assign Program 3 mode.
3. Select “2. Clerk” and press the <YES> key.
4-2-1 Programming clerk features
Operation
4. Select “1. Clerk Feature” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
P3
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-3
1.Machine Feature
2.Clerk
3.Key Feature
0.00
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Clerk Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
Clerk Feature
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
P-81
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Type of operator:
Choose “Cashier/Clerk/Manager.”
2. Void operation:
Choose “Current only/Complete void/Not allowed.”
3. Descriptor (16 digits)
4. Secret code (1 ~ 9999)
5. Check number for clerk interrupt (1 ~ 999999)
6. Drawer number (1 ~ 2)
Memory No. 1
Descriptor
C
01
Secret number 1
Check No. for Clerk Interrupt 1
Drawer number 0
Type of operator Cashier
Treat as trainee NO
Allow clerk to open check No.
belonging to another clerks NO
Prohibit clerk to sign on NO
Clerk sign off when receipt is
issued YESv
0.00
Memory No. 1
Secret number 1^
Check No for Clerk Interrupt 0
Drawer number 0
Type of operator Cashier
Treat as Trainee NO
Allow clerk to open check No.
belonging to another clerks NO
Prohibit clerk to sign on NO
Clerk sign off when receipt is
issued YES
Void operation Current only
0.00
P-82
Program 3
4-2-2 Programming operation
Preparation
4. Select “2. Operation” and press the <YES> key.
4-2-2-1 Programming clerk control
Operation
5. Select “1. Clerk Control” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift / 2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
Clerk Control
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Check No. Compulsory NO
Table No. Compulsory NO
No. of Covers Compulsory NO
GST RCT Compulsory(Finalize) NO
GST RCT Compulsory(NB) NO
Slip Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(Finalize) NO
SLIP Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(NB) NO
Seat Number Compulsory NO
Eat-in/Take-out Compulsory NO
0.00
P-83
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-2-2 Programming menu shift/2nd@
Operation
5. Select “2. Menu Shift/2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Allow to operate 1st ~ 8th Menu:
Allow/Prohibit to register by n-th (n = 1 ~ 8) Menu.
2. Shift PLU after sign on: (1 ~ 8)
Menu shift after sign on: (1 ~ 8)
Price shift after sign on: (1 ~ 2)
Default menu sheet No. or @ menu sheet No. after signing on.
3. Menu shift status/stay down:
Price shift status/stay down:
Not maintain/Maintain menu sheet No./@ menu sheet No. after item registration.
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Allow to operate 1st Menu YES
Allow to operate 2nd Menu YES
Allow to operate 3rd Menu YES
Allow to operate 4th Menu YES
Allow to operate 5th Menu YES
Allow to operate 6th Menu YES
Allow to operate 7th Menu YES
Allow to operate 8th Menu YES
Shift PLU after sign on 0
Menu shift after sign on 0
Price shift after sign on 0v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Allow to operate 3rd Menu YES^
Allow to operate 4th Menu YES
Allow to operate 5th Menu YES
Allow to operate 6th Menu YES
Allow to operate 7th Menu YES
Allow to operate 8th Menu YES
Shift PLU after sign on 0
Menu shift after sign on 0
Price shift after sign on 0
Menu shift Status
Price shift Status
0.00
P-84
Program 3
4-2-2-3 Programming mode control
Operation
5. Select “3. Mode Control” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Allow to operate Auto PGM (inline):
Allow to download/upload program.
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
Mode Control
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Allow to operate REG Mode YES
Allow to operate RF Mode YES
Allow to operate REG- Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM1 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode YES
Allow to operate X/Z Mode YES
Allow to operate Manager Mode YESv
0.00
Memory No. 1
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode YES^
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode YES
Allow to operate X/Z Mode YES
Allow to operate Manager Mode YES
Allow to operate Inline Mode YES
Allow to operate AutoPGM YES
Allow to operate CF C0ard YES
Default mode after sign on REG
0.00
P-85
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-2-4 Programming function control 1
Operation
5. Select “4. Allowed function 1” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
Allowed Function 1
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Cash YES
Charge YES
Check YES
Credit YES
New Balance YES
Price Inquiry YES
Stock Inquiry YES
Operate Character Recall YES
Character Print YES
Check Print YES
Clerk Transfer YESv
0.00
Memory No. 1
Table Transfer YES^
Tip YES
Normal Receipt YES
Loan YES
Received on Account YES
Paid Out YES
Pick Up YES
Coupon YES
Deposit YES
Minus YES
% Minus YESv
0.00
Memory No. 1
Received on Account YES^
Paid Out YES
Pick Up YES
Coupon YES
Deposit YES
Minus YES
% Minus YES
Plus YES
% Plus YES
Refund YES
Coupon2 YES
0.00
P-86
Program 3
4-2-2-5 Programming function control 2
Operation
5. Select “5. Allowed function 2” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
Allowed Function 2
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Validation YES
Receipt YES
Check Endorsement YES
# YES
#/Non Sales YES
Non Sales YES
Number of Covers YES
Arrangement YES
Currency Exchange YES
VAT YES
Bill Copy YESv
0.00
Memory No. 1
SLIP Feed/Release YES^
T/S YES
Table Number YES
Money Declaration YES
Tax Exempt YES
Menu Shift YES
Shift PLU YES
LC Open YES
Preset Open YES
1st unit price shift YES
2nd unit price shift YES
0.00
Memory No. 1
SLIP Back Feed/Release YES^
SLIP Print YES
SLIP Feed/Release YES
T/S YES
Table Number YES
Money Declaration YES
Tax Exempt YES
Menu Shift YES
Shift PLU YES
LC Open YES
Preset Open YESv
0.00
(not used)
P-87
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-2-6 Programming function control 3
Operation
5. Select “6. Allowed function 3” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
Allowed Function 3
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Operator X/Z YES
Tray Total YES
Subtotal YES
Receipt on/off YES
TAST YES
Operator Number YES
MDST YES
X YES
X/For YES
X/XX YES
X/XXX YESv
0.00
Memory No. 1
X YES^
X/For YES
X/XX YES
X/XXX YES
Ketten Bon YES
Selective Item ST YES
New Check YES
Old Check YES
New/Old Check YES
Add Check YES
Separate Check YES
0.00
P-88
Program 3
4-2-2-7 Programming function control 4
Operation
5. Select “7. Allowed function 4” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
Allowed Function 4
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Substitution YES
House Bon YES
Operator Open Check YES
Media Change YES
Seat Number YES
Display On/Off YES
REG Mode YES
X/Z Mode YES
PGM Mode YES
Post Entry YES
Round Repeat YESv
0.00
Memory No. 1
Eat-in YES^
Take-out YES
Store YES
Recall YES
Dutch Account YES
Reverse Display YES
E-Journal Display YES
Home Position YES
Display Mode Change YES
All Void (Current only) YES
All Void (Complete Void) YES
0.00
P-89
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-2-8 Programming function control 5
Operation
5. Select “8. Allowed function 5” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
Allowed Function 5
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08 v
0.00
Record No. 1
Price YES
PLU Number YES
Sub Department Number YES
Department Number YES
List Number YES
Touch PLU YES
Touch Department YES
Touch Sub Department YES
Touch List YES
0.00
P-90
Program 3
4-2-2-9 Programming arrangement control
Operation
5. Select “9. Arrangement” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Operation
Operation
3.Mode Control ^
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
0.00
Arrangement
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
ARG GP(1) Opration YES
ARG GP(2) Opration YES
ARG GP(3) Opration YES
ARG GP(4) Opration YES
ARG GP(5) Opration YES
0.00
P-91
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-2-10 Programming X/Z report control
Operation
5. Select “10. Report” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Operation
Operation
3.Mode Control ^
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
0.00
Report
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Daily X YES
Daily Z YES
Periodic(1) X YES
Periodic(1) Z YES
Periodic(2) X YES
Periodic(2) Z YES
Batch X/Z(1) YES
Batch X/Z(2) YES
Batch X/Z(3) YES
Batch X/Z(4) YES
Batch X/Z(5) YESv
0.00
Memory No. 1
Batch X/Z(6) YES^
Batch X/Z(7) YES
Batch X/Z(8) YES
Batch X/Z(9) YES
Batch X/Z(10) YES
Operator X YES
Operator Z YES
Individual totalizer X/Z YES
Individual X/Z (Key direct) YES
Individual X/Z (Others) YES
Employee X/Z YESv
0.00
Memory No. 1
Batch X/Z(7) YES^
Batch X/Z(8) YES
Batch X/Z(9) YES
Batch X/Z(10) YES
Operator X YES
Operator Z YES
Individual totalizer X/Z YES
Individual X/Z (Key direct) YES
Individual X/Z (Others) YES
Employee X/Z YES
Employee Edit YES
0.00
P-92
Program 3
4-2-3 Programming commission rate
Operation
4. Select “3. Commission Rate” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and enter value (0 ~ 99.99), and
then press the <YES> key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
Commission Rate
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Commission Rate(1) 0.00
Commission Rate(2) 0.00
0.00
P-93
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-4 Programming table range
Operation
4. Select “4. Table Range” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate record and enter values (0 ~ 999999),
and then press the <YES> key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
Table Range
Clerk Feature
1.
C
01
2.
C
02
3.
C
03
4.
C
04
5.
C
05
6.
C
06
7.
C
07
8.
C
08 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Start Table Range 0
End Table Range 0
0.00
P-94
Program 3
4-2-5 Programming clerk by range
Preparation
4. Select “5. Range” and press the <YES> key.
4-2-5-1 Programming clerk control by range
Operation
5. Select “1. Clerk Control” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift / 2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
Clerk Control
Check No. Compulsory NO
Table No. Compulsory NO
No. of Covers Compulsory NO
GST RCT Compulsory(Finalize) NO
GST RCT Compulsory(NB) NO
Slip Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(Finalize) NO
SLIP Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(NB) NO
Seat Number Compulsory NO
Eat-in/Take-out NO
0.00
Clerk Control
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Clerk Control
Enter Start range 1
End range 123
OK? YES
0.00
P-95
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-5-2 Programming menu shift/2nd@ by range
Operation
5. Select “2. Menu Shift / 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Allow to operate 1st Menu YES
Allow to operate 2nd Menu YES
Allow to operate 3rd Menu YES
Allow to operate 4th Menu YES
Allow to operate 5th Menu YES
Allow to operate 6th Menu YES
Allow to operate 7th Menu YES
Allow to operate 8th Menu YES
Shift PLU after sign on 0
Menu shift after sign on 0
Price shift after sign on 0v
0.00
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Allow to operate 3rd Menu YES^
Allow to operate 4th Menu YES
Allow to operate 5th Menu YES
Allow to operate 6th Menu YES
Allow to operate 7th Menu YES
Allow to operate 8th Menu YES
Shift PLU after sign on 0
Menu shift after sign on 0
Price shift after sign on 0
Menu shift Status
Price shift Status
0.00
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Enter Start range 1
End range 99
OK? YES
0.00
P-96
Program 3
4-2-5-3 Programming mode control by range
Operation
5. Select “3. Mode Control” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Mode Control
Allow to operate REG Mode YES
Allow to operate RF Mode YES
Allow to operate REG- Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM1 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode YES
Allow to operate X/Z Mode YES
Allow to operate Manager Mode YESv
0.00
Mode Control
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode YES^
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode YES
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode YES
Allow to operate X/Z Mode YES
Allow to operate Manager Mode YES
Allow to operate Inline Mode YES
Allow to operate AutoPGM YES
Allow to operate CF Card YES
Default mode after sign on REG
0.00
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
Mode Control
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Mode Control
Enter Start range 1
End range 99
OK? YES
0.00
P-97
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-5-4 Programming function control 1 by range
Operation
5. Select “4. Allowed function 1” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Allowed function 1
Cash YES
Charge YES
Check YES
Credit YES
New Balance YES
Price Inquiry YES
Stock Inquiry YES
Operate Character Recall YES
Character Print YES
Check Print YES
Clerk Transfer YESv
0.00
Allowed function 1
Table Transfer YES^
Tip YES
Normal Receipt YES
Loan YES
Received on Account YES
Paid Out YES
Pick Up YES
Coupon YES
Deposit YES
Minus YES
% Minus YESv
0.00
Allowed function 1
Received on Account YES^
Paid Out YES
Pick Up YES
Coupon YES
Deposit YES
Minus YES
% Minus YES
Plus YES
% Plus YES
Refund YES
Coupon2 YES
0.00
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
Allowed function 1
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Allowed function 1
Enter Start range 1
End range 99
OK? YES
0.00
P-98
Program 3
4-2-5-5 Programming function control 2 by range
Operation
5. Select “5. Allowed function 2” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Allowed function 2
Validation YES
Receipt YES
Check Endorsement YES
# YES
#/Non Sales YES
Non Sales YES
Number of Covers YES
Arrangement YES
Currency Exchange YES
VAT YES
Bill Copy YESv
0.00
Allowed function 2
SLIP Back Feed/Release YES^
SLIP Print YES
SLIP Feed/Release YES
T/S YES
Table Number YES
Money Declaration YES
Tax Exempt YES
Menu Shift YES
Shift PLU YES
LC Open YES
Preset Open YESv
0.00
Allowed function 2
T/S YES^
Table Number YES
Money Declaration YES
Tax Exempt YES
Menu Shift YES
Shift PLU YES
LC Open YES
Preset Open YES
1st unit price shift YES
2nd unit price shift YES
Clerk Number YES
0.00
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
Allowed function 2
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Allowed function 2
Enter Start range 1
End range 123
OK? YES
0.00
P-99
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-5-6 Programming function control 3 by range
Operation
5. Select “6. Allowed function 3” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Allowed function 3
Operator X/Z YES
Tray Total YES
Subtotal YES
Receipt on/off YES
TAST YES
Operator Number YES
MDST YES
X YES
X/For YES
X/XX YES
X/XXX YESv
0.00
Allowed function 3
X/XX YES^
X/XXX YES
Ketten Bon YES
Selective Item ST YES
New Check YES
Old Check YES
New/Old Check YES
Add Check YES
Separate Check YES
Clock-in/out YES
Break-in/out YES
0.00
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
Allowed function 3
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Allowed function 3
Enter Start range 1
End range 123
OK? YES
0.00
P-100
Program 3
4-2-5-7 Programming function control 4 by range
Operation
5. Select “7. Allowed function 4” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
Allowed function 4
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Allowed function 4
Enter Start range 1
End range 123
OK? YES
0.00
Allowed function 4
Substitution YES
House Bon YES
Operator Open Check YES
Media Change YES
Seat Number YES
Display On/Off YES
REG Mode YES
X/Z Mode YES
PGM Mode YES
Post Entry YES
Round Repeat YESv
0.00
Allowed function 4
Eat-in YES^
Take-out YES
Store YES
Recall YES
Dutch Account YES
Reverse Display YES
E-Journal Display YES
Home Position YES
Display Mode Change YES
All Void (Current only) YES
All Void (Complete Void) YES
0.00
P-101
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-5-8 Programming function control 5 by range
Operation
5. Select “8. Allowed function 5” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Allowed function 5
Price YES
PLU Number YES
Sub Department Number YES
Department Number YES
List Number YES
Touch PLU YES
Touch Department YES
Touch Sub Department YES
Touch List YES
0.00
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
Allowed function 5
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Allowed function 5
Enter Start range 1
End range 123
OK? YES
0.00
P-102
Program 3
4-2-5-9 Programming arrangement control by range
Operation
5. Select “9. Arrangement” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Arrangement
ARG GP(1) Opration YES
ARG GP(2) Opration YES
ARG GP(3) Opration YES
ARG GP(4) Opration YES
ARG GP(5) Opration YES
0.00
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function 2^
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range
0.00
Arrangement
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Arrangement
Enter Start range 1
End range 123
OK? YES
0.00
P-103
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-5-10 Programming X/Z report control by range
Operation
5. Select “10. Report” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function 2^
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range
0.00
Report
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Report
Enter Start range 1
End range 123
OK? YES
0.00
Report
Daily X YES
Daily Z YES
Periodic(1) X YES
Periodic(1) Z YES
Periodic(2) X YES
Periodic(2) Z YES
Batch X/Z(1) YES
Batch X/Z(2) YES
Batch X/Z(3) YES
Batch X/Z(4) YES
Batch X/Z(5) YESv
0.00
Report
Batch X/Z(6) YES^
Batch X/Z(7) YES
Batch X/Z(8) YES
Batch X/Z(9) YES
Batch X/Z(10) YES
Operator X YES
Operator Z YES
Individual totalizer X/Z YES
Individual X/Z (Key direct) YES
Individual X/Z (Others) YES
Employee X/Z YESv
0.00
Report
Batch X/Z(7) YES^
Batch X/Z(8) YES
Batch X/Z(9) YES
Batch X/Z(10) YES
Operator X YES
Operator Z YES
Individual totalizer X/Z YES
Individual X/Z (Key direct) YES
Individual X/Z (Others) YES
Employee X/Z YES
Employee Edit YES
0.00
P-104
Program 3
4-2-5-11 Programming commission rate by range
Operation
5. Select “11. Commission Rate” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record, enter the rate and press the
<YES> key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function 2^
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range
0.00
Commission Rate
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Commission Rate
Enter Start range 1
End range 123
OK? YES
0.00
Commission Rate
Commission Rate(1) 0.00
Commission Rate(2) 0.00
0.00
P-105
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-2-5-12 Programming table range by range
Operation
5. Select “12. Table Range” and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record, enter the range and press the
<YES> key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function 2^
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range
0.00
Table Range
Start Table Range 0
End Table Range 0
0.00
Table Range
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Table Range
Enter Start range 1
End range 99
OK? YES
0.00
P-106
Program 3
4-2-6 Programming clerk detail
Operation
4. Select “6. Clerk Detail” and press the <YES> key.
Addition/Modification
7. Select a record you want to add an item or modify the item and
press the <YES> key.
8. Select a file which you want to program.
9. Select a record which you want to program.
10. Repeat step 7 to 9, until completing this pulldown group item
program.
11. Press <ESC> key to terminate the program and return to the
previous menu.
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Clerk Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
Clerk Detail
0001-030 0001-001 GROSS
0002-030 0002-001 NET
0003-030 0003-001 CAID
0004-030 0001-006 GRP001
0005-030 0005-006 PLU001
0006-030 0001-002 CASH
0007-030
0008-030
0009-030
0010-030
0.00
Clerk Detail
Item
1.Fixed Totalizer
2.Free Function
3.PLU
4.Sub-Department
5.Dept
6.Group
7.Void Table
0.00
Clerk Detail
Fixed Totalizer
1.GROSS
2.NET
3.CAID
4.CATL
5.CA+
6.CA-
7.CHID
8.CHTL v
0.00
P-107
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Deletion
6. Select the smallest record you want to delete the item(s) and
press the <NO> key.
7. Press the <YES> key.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
4-2-7 Programming clerk key ID
Operation
4. Select “7. Clerk Key ID” and press the <YES> key.
5. Contact the clerk key to the clerk key switch, and press the
<YES> key.
6. Select the appropriate clerk.
7. Repeat step 5 to 6, until completing this procedure.
8. Press <ESC> key to terminate the program and return to the
previous menu.
Clerk Detail
0001-030 0001-001 GROSS
0002-030 0002-001 NET
0003-030 0003-001 CAID
0004-030 0001-006 GRP001
0005-030 0005-006 PLU001
0006-030 0001-002 CASH
0007-030
0008-030
0009-030
0010-030
0.00
Clerk Detail
Memory No. 01-10 Delete OK? Yes
0.00
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
Clerk Key ID
1234567890AB
C
01
ABCDEFGHIJKL GLENN DEAL
0.00
Clerk Key ID
Clerk
1.(Key ID reset)
2.
C
01
3.GLENN DEAL
4.
C
03
5.
C
04
6.
C
05
7.
C
06
8.
C
07 v
0.00
P-108
Program 3
4-3. Programming key features
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> to assign Program 3 mode.
3. Select “3. Key Feature” and press the <YES> key.
4-3-1 Programming PLU features
Operation
4. Select “1.PLU” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate item directly, by entering record No. or
by entering PLU No. and press the <YES> key.
P3
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-3
1.Machine Feature
2.Clerk
3.Key Feature
0.00
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU v
0.00
Key Feature
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
Memory No. 1
Use Random Code 123456
Descriptor PLU0001
Price 0.00
Receipt type Normal Item
Item type Normal Item
Group Link --------
Dept Link --------
Sub-Dept Link --------
Taxable status Non Tax
Commission None
Selective item Nonev
0.00
Record No. 1
Order color Black^
Order Printer #1 NO
Order Printer #2 NO
Order Printer #3 NO
Order Printer #4 NO
Order Printer #5 NO
Order Printer #6 NO
Order Printer #7 NO
Order char Link --------
Number of Bon 0
Unit stock 0.000v
0.00
P-109
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO> key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Receipt type:
You can choose “Normal Item” or “Single Item.”
2. Item type:
You can choose “Normal item”, “Condiment” or “Preparation.”
3. Order color:
You can choose “Black” or “Red”. (for UP-350, “Black” means “Normal” and “Red”
“Reverse”.
4. Order Printer #1 ~ #7:
These numbers are defined in the printer definition table
5. Random code: 000001 - 999999, Descriptor: 0-24 character, Number of Bon: 1 - 9,
Minimum stock: 0.001 - 99.999, Unit stock: 0.001 - 99.999,
High amount limit: 0 - 999999, Low digit limit: 0, 1 - 7
Note:
If you want to delete the program in the group link, dept link, sub-dept link, list link field, order
character link, enter “0” and press the <YES> key.
Memory No. 1
Minimum Stock 0.000^
Set Menu Table 0
List Link #1 --------
List Link #2 --------
List Link #3 --------
List Link #4 --------
Open PLU NO
Zero Unit Price NO
Negative Price NO
Hash Item NO
Full hash item NOv
0.00
Memory No. 1
List Link #4 --------^
Open PLU NO
Zero Unit Price NO
Negative Price NO
Hash Item NO
Full hash item NO
High Amount Limit 0.00
Low Digit Limit 0
Multiple VLD N Repeat
Use main Item Amt Only NO
Use Premium Item of Set NO
0.00
P-110
Program 3
4-3-2 Programming PLU 2nd@ features
Operation
4. Select “2. PLU 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate item directly, by entering record No. or
by entering PLU No. and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO> key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Qty: 0.00 - 9999.99, Descriptor: 0 - 24 character, Price: 0 - 999999,
Unit stock: 0.001 - 99.999
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU v
0.00
Key Feature
PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
Memory No. 1 Random Code 0
Descriptor PLU0001
Qty 0.00
Price 0.00
Group Link --------
Dept Link --------
Sub-Dept Link --------
Taxable status Non Tax
Unit Stock 0.000
Zero Unit Price NO
0.00
P-111
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-3 Programming subdepartment features
Operation
4. Select “3. Sub-Department” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate item directly or by entering record No.
and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO> key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Descriptor: 0 - 24 character, Price: 0 - 999999, Number of Bon: 1 - 9,
High amount limit: 0 - 999999, Low digit limit: 0, 1 - 7
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU v
0.00
Key Feature
Sub-Department
1.SUBDEPT01
2.SUBDEPT02
3.SUBDEPT03
4.SUBDEPT04
0.00
Memory No. 1
Descriptor SUBDEPT01
Price 0.00
Receipt Type Normal Item
Group Link --------
Dept Link --------
Taxable status Non Tax
Commission None
Selective item None
Order color Black
Order Printer #1 NO
Order Printer #2 NOv
0.00
Memory No. 1
Order Printer #3 NO^
Order Printer #4 NO
Order Printer #5 NO
Order Printer #6 NO
Order Printer #7 NO
Order Char Link --------
Number of Bon 0
List Link #1 --------
List Link #2 --------
List Link #3 --------
List Link #4 --------v
0.00
Memory No. 1
List Link #1 --------^
List Link #2 --------
List Link #3 --------
List Link #4 --------
Zero Unit Price NO
Negative Price NO
Hash Item NO
Full hash item NO
High Amount Limit 0.00
Low Digit Limit 0
Multiple VLD N Repeat
0.00
P-112
Program 3
4-3-4 Programming department features
Operation
4. Select “4. Department” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate item directly or by entering record No.
and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO> key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Descriptor: 0 - 24 character, Price: 0 - 999999, Number of Bon: 1 - 9,
High amount limit: 0 - 999999, Low digit limit: 0, 1 - 7
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU v
0.00
Key Feature
Department
1.DEPT01
2.DEPT02
3.DEPT03
4.DEPT04
0.00
Memory No. 1
Descriptor DEPT01
Price 0.00
Receipt Type Normal Item
Group Link --------
Taxable status Non Tax
Commission None
Selective item None
Order color Black
Order Printer #1 NO
Order Printer #2 NO
Order Printer #3 NOv
0.00
Memory No. 1
Order Printer #4 NO^
Order Printer #5 NO
Order Printer #6 NO
Order Printer #7 NO
Order Char Link --------
Number of Bon 0
List Link #1 --------
List Link #1 --------
List Link #1 --------
List Link #1 --------
Zero Unit Price NOv
0.00
Memory No. 1
List Link #1 --------^
List Link #2 --------
List Link #3 --------
List Link #4 --------
Zero Unit Price NO
Negative Price NO
Hash Item NO
Full hash item NO
High Amount Limit 0.00
Low Digit Limit 0
Multiple VLD N Repeat
0.00
P-113
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-5 Programming by range
Operation
4. Select “5. Range” and press the <YES> key.
Select the subject you want to program
5. Select
“1. PLU/2. PLU 2nd@/3. Sub-Department/4. Department”
and press the <YES> key.
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU v
0.00
Range
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment
0.00
Range
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment
0.00
Range
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment
0.00
Range
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment
0.00
P-114
Program 3
4-3-5-1 General procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment, department by range
6. Select an appropriate job (refer to the next page) and press the
<YES> key.
7. Select an appropriate type and press the <YES> key.
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.)
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
PLU
Range
1.Receipt type
2.Item Type
3.Group Link
4.Dept Link
5.Sub-Dept link
6.Taxable status
7.Commission
8.Selective item v
0.00
Receipt Type
Receipt Type Normal Item
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Receipt Type
Receipt Type Normal Item
Enter Start range 1
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Receipt Type
Receipt Type Normal Item
Enter Start range 1
End range 50
OK? YES
0.00
P-115
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-5-2 Programming hierarchy of programming title
PLU PLU 2nd@ Sub-Dept Dept
1. Receipt Type 1. Receipt Type 1. Receipt Type
2. Item Type
3. Group Link 1. Group Link 2. Group Link 2. Group Link
4. Dept Link 2. Dept Link 3. Dept Link
5. Sub-Dept Link 3. Sub-Dept Link
6. Taxable Status 4. Taxable Status 4. Taxable Status 3. Taxable Status
7. Commission 5. Commission 4. Commission
8. Selective item 6. Selective item 5. Selective item
9. Order color 7. Order color 6. Order color
10. Order Printer #1 8. Order Printer #1 7. Order Printer #1
11. Order Printer #2 9. Order Printer #2 8. Order Printer #2
12. Order Printer #3 10. Order Printer #3 9. Order Printer #3
13. Order Printer #4 11. Order Printer #4 10. Order Printer #4
14. Order Printer #5 12. Order Printer #5 11. Order Printer #5
15. Order Printer #6 13. Order Printer #6 12. Order Printer #6
16. Order Printer #7 14. Order Printer #7 13. Order Printer #7
17. Order Char Link 15. Order Char Link 14. Order Char Link
18. Number of Bon 16. Number of Bon 15. Number of Bon
19. Unit Stock 5. Unit Stock
20. Minimum Stock
21. Set Menu Table
22. List Link #1 17. List Link #1 16. List Link #1
23. List Link #2 18. List Link #2 17. List Link #2
24. List Link #3 19. List Link #3 18. List Link #3
25. List Link #4 20. List Link #4 19. List Link #4
26. Open PLU
27. Zero Unit Price 6. Zero Unit Price 21. Zero Unit Price 20. Zero Unit Price
28. Negative Price 22. Negative Price 21. Negative Price
29. Hash Item 23. Hash Item 22. Hash Item
30. Full hash item 24. Full hash item 23. Full hash item
31. High Amount Limit 25. High Amount Limit 24. High Amount Limit
32. Low Digit Limit 26. Low Digit Limit 25. Low Digit Limit
33. Multiple VLD 27. Multiple VLD 26. Multiple VLD
34. Use main item amt only
35. Use premium item of set
P-116
Program 3
4-3-6 Programming individual program
Operation
4. Select “6. Individual PGM” and press the <YES> key.
Select a job you want to program
5. Select jobs listed below.
1. Receipt Type 19. Unit Stock: 0.001 - 99.9999
2. Item Type 20. Minimum Stock: 0.001 - 99.9999
3. Group Link 21. Set Menu table
4. Dept Link 22. List Link #1
5. Sub-Dept Link 23. List Link #2
6. Taxable status 24. List Link #3
7. Commission 25. List Link #4
8. Selective item 26. Open PLU
9. Order color 27. Zero Unit Price
10. Order Print #1 28. Negative Price
11. Order Print #2 29. Hash Item
12. Order Print #3 30. Full hash item
13. Order Print #4 31. High Amount Limit: 0 - 999999
14. Order Print #5 32. Low Digit Limit: 0, 1 - 7
15. Order Print #6 33. Multiple VLD
16. Order Print #7 34. Use main item amt
17. Order Char Link 35. Use premium item 0
18. Number of Bon: 0 - 9
and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO> key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
7. Enter PLU Nos. or press keys you want to program.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU v
0.00
Individual PGM
Individual PGM
1.Receipt Type
2.Item Type
3.Group Link
4.Dept Link
5.Sub-Dept Link
6.Taxable status
7.Commission
8.Selective item v
0.00
Individual PGM
Receipt Type Normal Item
Enter PLU No or
touch keys.
0.00
Receipt Type Normal Item
PLU0001 0001-004
PLU0002 0002-004
PLU0003 0003-004
0.00
P-117
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7 Programming key function program
Operation
4. Select “7. Function Key” and press the <YES> key.
5. Enter program code (refer to the worksheet on the following
pages) and press the function key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
NOTE: Press an appropriate function key without number entry on the keyboard, it shows
current setting.
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU v
0.00
Function Key
Cash 000000000000
Charge 000000000000
Check 000000000000
RC 000000000000
PD 000000000000
%- 000000000000
%+ 000000000000
Subtotal 000000000000
Void 000000000000
0.00
Key descriptor
P-118
Program 3
4-3-7-1 Worksheet for cash, charge, credit and check
*1 Those are valid options for AUTO CASH as well.
*2 Those are valid options for Single item as well.
*3 Those are valid options for Cashing a check as well.
*4 Those are valid options for Currency exchange (include partial tender) as well.
Description Choice Program code
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
*1 *3 *4
Force validation operation. *1 *3 *4
Print check number barcode on receipt.
Restriction (to 00, 25, 50, 75) on last two digits for amount
tendered (Only for <CASH> in Danish rounding)
Always “0”
Force batch slip printing. *1 *4
Force check endorsement printing (Only for <CHECK>). *3 *4
Force check printing (Only for <CHECK>). *3 *4
Prohibit entry of a partial payment
Prohibit the entry of the amount tendered.
Force entry of the amount tendered.
Print VAT breakdown. *1 *2
Check cashing commission (Only for <CHECK>) *3
1 Use an amount 2 Use a rate
Validation amount *3
1 Print subtotal amount 2 Print amount tendered
No change due is made in tendering operation.
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
High amount limit specification for subtotal and tendering
amounts. *3
High amount limit specification for change amount due.
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
Subtotal = 0
Tender = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
:
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
;
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
P-119
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7-2 Worksheet for new balance
Description Choice Program code
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.
Print check number barcode on receipt.
Always “0”
Force batch slip printing.
Open drawer when the key is pressed.
Always “0”
Print VAT breakdown.
Service charge
1 Use an amount 2 Use a rate
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
Always “0000”
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D11
:
(a+b)
D10
;
D9
:
(a+b)
D8
;
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
a
b
a
b
a
b
P-120
Program 3
4-3-7-3 Worksheet for text print, text recall
Description Choice Program code
Start record number of displaying “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(“00” means “01”.)
Allow clerk or mode change after the “text recall” key
depression. (effective only for “text recall” key)
Print characters to sales receipt printer.
Order character record No. (01 ~ 99)
(“00” clears programming)
Printing color (effective only for order)
Display/print with quantity.
Staydown “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(effective only for “text recall” key)
Print characters to order printer 1.
Print characters to order printer 2.
Print characters to order printer 3.
Print characters to order printer 4.
Print characters to order printer 5.
Print characters to order printer 6.
Print characters to order printer 7.
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
::
D9 D8
:
D7
::
D6 D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
D1
Significant
numbers
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number
Black = 0
Red = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
P-121
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7-4 Worksheet for check print
4-3-7-5 Worksheet for clerk transfer
4-3-7-6 Worksheet for table transfer
4-3-7-7 Worksheet for tip
Description Choice Program code
Number of back feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Clerk number
1 Memory number 2 Clerk secret number
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
Description Choice Program code
Multiple validation
If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0000”
Always “000”
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry)
Always “00”
:
D11
;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7
;;;
D6 D5 D4
:
D3
;;
D2 D1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Allow to add checks while table transferring.
Transfer the customer number.
Transfer only total amounts. (ST transfer)
Auto check transfer
Receipt is issued, even if the receipt switch is off.
Print receipt.
Always “0000”
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
b
c
a
b
P-122
Program 3
4-3-7-8 Worksheet for loan, pick up
4-3-7-9 Worksheet for received on account, paid out
Description Choice Program code
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation. (only effective after receipt issuance)
Always “00000”
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Always “00”
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
:
D11
:
D10
;;;;;
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
::
D4 D3
;;
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.
Always “00000”
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Always “0”
Enter numbers after registration.
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D11
:
D10
;;;;;
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
::
D4 D3
;
D2
:
D1
P-123
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7-10 Worksheet for plus, minus, coupon
Description Choice Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0”
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00
Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Allow credit balance. (–, CPN only)
Always “00”
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
Allow key operation after item registration.
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry.)
Commission 1
Commission 2
Always “0”
:
D11
;
D10
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
::
D9 D8
:
D7
;;
D6 D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
D3
:
(a+b)
D2
;
D1
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
P-124
Program 3
4-3-7-12 Worksheet for void
4-3-7-13 Worksheet for check endorsement
4-3-7-11 Worksheet for deposit+, deposit–
Description Choice Program code
Force validation operation.
Multiple validation (If “No”, only one validation is possible.)
Always “00”
Key attribution
Open cash drawer.
Media definition:
Cash = 0, charge = 1, check = 2, credit = 3
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Always “00”
:
(a+b)
D10
;;
D9 D8
:
D7
:
D6
:
D5
::
D4 D3
;;
D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
DEPO+ = 0
DEPO– = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
a
b
Description Choice Program code
Line number of auto-back feed before printing (0 ~ 9)
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Item delete (When “No” is selected, only a line can be deleted.)
Select void reason.
:
D2
:
D1
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
P-125
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7-14 Worksheet for discount, premium
Description Choice Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0”
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00
Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Allow manual override.
All taxable
Allow key operation after <SI/ST>.
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
Allow key operation after item registration.
Always “0”
Commission 1
Commission 2
Always “0”
:
D11
;
D10
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
::
D9 D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
D6
:
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
;
D3
:
(a+b)
D2
;
D1
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 0
No = 1
Significant
number
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
P-126
Program 3
4-3-7-15 Worksheet for receipt
4-3-7-16 Worksheet for non-add, non-add/NS
Description Choice Program code
Allow mode change or clerk change after non add registration as
first transaction. (only for non-add function)
Order character record number (00 ~ 99):
(“00” means no setting.)
Order printing color
Print out to Order printer#1.
Print out to Order printer#2.
Print out to Order printer#3.
Print out to Order printer#4.
Print out to Order printer#5.
Print out to Order printer#6.
Print out to Order printer#7.
Yes = 1
No = 0
Significant
number
Red = 1
Black = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
D7
::
D6 D5
:
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
D1
a
b
c
a
b
c
Description Choice Program code
Maximum number of post receipts (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means 1 post receipt.)
Always “0000”
Form of post receipt and guest receipt:
1 Print out, 2 Display
Print current time on guest receipt.
Clear finalized check.
Issue post receipt after clerk interrupt/check tracking
Always “00”
Issue guest receipt to order printer n (n = 1 ~ 7).
(“0” means issuing to R/J.)
Line number of guest bottom message (00 ~ 10):
(“00” means no bottom message.)
:
D12
;;;;
D11 D10 D9 D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
;;
D5 D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Significant
number
1 = 0
2 = 2
Yes = 4
No = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
Significant
number
a
b
a
b
P-127
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7-17 Worksheet for customer
4-3-7-18 Worksheet for arrangement
Description Choice Program code
Input method:
Allow replacement = 0, Prohibit replacement = 1,
Add enter value = 2
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Enable operation in REG mode.
Enable operation in REF mode.
Enable operation in REG– mode.
Enable operation in PGM1 mode.
Enable operation in PGM2 mode.
Enable operation in PGM3 mode.
Enable operation in PGM4 mode.
Enable operation in PGM5 mode.
Enable operation in PGM6 mode.
Enable operation in Auto PGM to CF card mode
Enable operation in Auto PGM mode.
Enable operation in X/Z mode.
Enable operation in Manager mode.
Enable operation in Collection/Consolidation mode.
Arrangement file number
Arrangement table number
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:::
D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
P-128
Program 3
4-3-7-19 Worksheet for currency exchange
4-3-7-20 Worksheet for slip
4-3-7-21 Worksheet for T/S, TAST
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Decimal = 0
Comma = 1
Comma = 0
Decimal = 4
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Define amount symbol. (1 ~ 4)
Define foreign currency totalizer. (1 ~ 3)
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Always “0”
Monetary mode (0 ~ 2):
º00 = 2, º0 = 1, 0 = 0
Monetary symbol for decimal
Monetary symbol for separator
Assigning drawer number (0 ~ 2)
(“0” means drawer 1.)
:
D7
:
D6
:
D5
;
D4
:
D3
:
(a+b)
D3
:
D1
a
b
Description Choice Program code
Taxable status (00, 01 ~ 10)
(“00” means taxable 1.)
Always “000”
Always “0000”
::
D9 D8
;;;
D7 D6 D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Force slip batch printing from the beginning of the transaction.
(If “No”, controlled by general function.)
Print current time on slip.
(This option works only at batch print with whole transaction.)
Clear finalized check.
Always “0000”
Print Euro total line.
:
(a+b)
D7
:
D6
;;;;
D5 D4 D3 D2
:
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
P-129
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7-22 Worksheet for open
4-3-7-23 Worksheet for open 2
Description Choice Program code
Release high amount limit
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Description Choice Program code
Release customer number compulsory.
Release table number compulsory.
Release check number compulsory.
Release credit balance error. (If “Yes”, you can finalize the
transaction even if the subtotal is negative.)
Release guest receipt compulsory.
Release validation compulsory.
Release check endorsement compulsory.
Release check print compulsory.
Release slip auto batch print compulsory.
Release slip manual batch print compulsory.
Release <LIST> stay down compulsory (Min/Max No.).
Release seat number compulsory.
Release tip declaration compulsory.
Release eat-in/take-out compulsory.
Always “0”
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
(a+b)
D2
;
D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
P-130
Program 3
4-3-7-24 Worksheet for clerk number
4-3-7-25 Worksheet for operator X/Z
4-3-7-26 Worksheet for subtotal, merchandise subtotal
Description Choice Program code
1 Issue stand-alone report./2 Issue consolidation report.
1 Print report./2 Display report.
Always “000000”
:
(a+b)
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
1 = 0
2 = 2
a
b
Description Choice Program code
Clerk secret number (0000 ~ 9999)
(“0000” means no secret number.) ::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0000”
Display subtotal in Euro (sub currency) (ST only)
Display subtotal in Euro (sub currency)
and local (main) currency in turn. (ST 0nly)
Include add-on tax amount. (ST only)
Print when key is pressed.
Always “0000”
:
D11
;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 4
No = 0
a
b
a
b
P-131
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7-28 Worksheet for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon
4-3-7-30 Worksheet for open check
4-3-7-29 Worksheet for selective item subtotal
4-3-7-31 Worksheet for list
4-3-7-27 Worksheet for cancel
Description Choice Program code
Multiplication procedure: (Ketten Bon and <X> only)
1 Quantity × Amount, 2 Amount × Quantity
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Always “0000”
:
D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Selective item status (0, 1, 2):
Selective item 1 = 0/1, selective item 2 = 2
Always “00000”
Always “00000”
:
D11
;;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
;;;;;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Display report./Print report
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Display = 2
Print = 0
Description Choice Program code
A range of cancellation:
1Complete cancellation, 2Current receipt only
Correct set menu/pulldown link while it is registered.
:
(a+b)
D1
2 = 0
1 = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
Description Choice Program code
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (4).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (3).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (2).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (1).
:::
D12 D11 D10
:::
D9 D8 D7
:::
D6 D5 D4
:::
D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
P-132
Program 3
4-3-7-32 Worksheet for tax exempt
4-3-7-33 Worksheet for clock-in/clock-out
4-3-7-34 Worksheet for break-in/break-out
Description Choice Program code
The purpose of uses:
Use both clock-in and clock-out = 0
Use only clock-in = 1
Use only clock-out = 2
Print when clock-in or clock-out keys are pressed.
:
D2
:
D1
Significant
numbers
Yes = 0
No = 1
Description Choice Program code
The propose of uses:
Use both break-in and break-out = 0
Use only break-in = 1
Use only break-out =2
Always “0”
:
D2
;
D1
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
Exempt tax 2
Exempt tax 3
Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
Always “0000”
Always “000”
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
::
D9 D8
;;;;
D7 D6 D5 D4
;;;
D3 D2 D1
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
Significant
numbers
Significant
number
a
b
c
P-133
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-7-35 Worksheet for eat-in/take-out
4-3-7-36 Worksheet for store
4-3-7-37 Worksheet for new check, new/old check
Description Choice Program code
Enable auto check assignment
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
4-3-7-38 Worksheet for round repeat
Description Choice Program code
Perform new balance after round repeat.
Include plus/minus, premium/discount result to round
repeat amount
:
(a+b)
D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
b
Description Choice Program code
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
Exempt tax 2
Exempt tax 3
Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
Always “00”
Print when the key is pressed.
Always “0000”
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
::
D9 D8
;;
D7 D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Not print = 0
Print = 4
a
b
c
Description Choice Program code
Print VAT breakdown.
Print receipt.
Always “0000”
:
D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
P-134
Program 3
4-3-7-39 Worksheet for shift PLU
Description Choice Program code
Shift:
1 Status, 2 Staydown
Define assigning shift PLU number. (0, 1 ~ 8)
(“0” is treated as “1”.)
:
D2
:
D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
Significant
number
4-3-7-40 Worksheet for receipt on/off
4-3-7-41 Worksheet for old check
Description Choice Program code
Receipt off (only effective for SA-3015, “00” for other printer)
1 Both receipt and journal off, 2 Receipt only :
D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
4-3-7-42 Worksheet for Dutch account
Description Choice Program code
Enable to open the finalized check. :
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Description Choice Program code
Maximum customer numbers for one Dutch account
(“00” is treated as “99”.) ::
D2 D1
Significant
numbers
4-3-7-43 Worksheet for tray total
Description Choice Program code
Accumulate “Tray total” to the key totalizer, whenever the
<TRAY TOTAL> key is pressed twice. :
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
4-3-7-44 Worksheet for recall
Description Choice Program code
Enable to open the closed check. :
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
P-135
QT-2100 Programming Manual
4-3-8 Programming shift PLU program
Operation
4. Select “8. Shift PLU” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate item directly, by entering record No. or
by entering PLU No. and press the <YES> key.
6. Select an appropriate price and enter the unit price.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU v
0.00
Memory No. 1
2nd Price 0.00
3rd Price 0.00
4th Price 0.00
5th Price 0.00
6th Price 0.00
7th Price 0.00
8th Price 0.00
0.00
Key Feature
Shift PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0005
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
P-136
Program 3
4-3-9 Programming scanning PLU link program
Operation
4. Select “9. Scanning PLU link” and press the <YES> key.
5. If you append a new PLU or modify an existing PLU, select
“Append/Mod PLU”. If you delete an existing PLU, select
“Delete PLU”.
Add/modify PLU
6. Scanning the barcode or enter the PLU code and press the
<OBR>.
After this step, the PLU programming menu is shown.
Refer to the “Programming PLU features”.
Key Feature
Key Feature
2.PLU 2nd@ ^
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
9.Scanning PLU link
0.00
Scanning PLU link
Scanning PLU link
1.Append/Mod PLU
2.Delete PLU
0.00
Append/Mod PLU
Please scan the code
0.00
PLU CODE 4912345678903
Use Random code 123456
Descriptor PLU0001
Price 0.00
Receipt type Normal Item
Item type Normal Item
Group Link --------
Dept Link --------
Sub-Dept Link --------
Taxable status Non Tax
Commission None
Selective item Nonev
0.00
P-137
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Delete PLU
6. Scanning the barcode or enter the PLU code and press the
<OBR>.
After this step, go to the step 5 automatically.
Delete PLU
Please scan the code
0.00
P-138
Program 3
P-139
QT-2100 Programming Manual
5. Program 2 ............................................................................... P-140
5-1. Character programming ......................................................................... P-140
5-1-1 Character programming keyboard .............................................................. P-140
5-1-2 Inputting characters by code....................................................................... P-142
5-1-3 After completing to input characters ........................................................... P-142
5-2. Programming item descriptors ............................................................... P-143
5-2-1 Programming PLU item descriptors ............................................................ P-143
5-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors ............................................. P-144
5-2-3 Programming subdepartment descriptors................................................... P-144
5-2-4 Programming department descriptors......................................................... P-145
5-2-5 Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range......... P-146
5-2-6 Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price.......................................... P-147
5-2-7 Programming function key descriptors........................................................ P-148
5-3. Programming characters and messages ............................................... P-149
5-3-1 Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt message P-149
5-3-2 Programming text recall message .............................................................. P-150
5-3-3 Programming order character link............................................................... P-150
5-3-4 Programming fixed totalizer descriptors...................................................... P-151
5-3-5 Programming group character .................................................................... P-152
5-3-6 Programming special characters ................................................................ P-152
5-3-7 Programming report headers ...................................................................... P-154
5-3-8 Programming endorsement message......................................................... P-155
5-3-9 Programming GT character ........................................................................ P-155
P-140
Program 2
5. Program 2
5-1. Character programming
There are two methods you can use to input characters: using a character programming
keyboard (menu sheet) for direct input, or using character codes to specify the characters.
5-1-1 Character programming keyboard
When you enter the Program 2 mode, the keyboard becomes a character programming
keyboard (shown below).
Â
Á
À
Ä
1
Q
A
Z
â
á
à
ä
!
q
a
z
Ô
Ó
Ò
Ö
2
W
S
X
ô
ó
ò
ö
@
w
s
x
Û
Ú
Ù
Ü
3
E
D
C
û
ú
ù
ü
#
e
d
c
Î
Í
Ì
Ï
4
R
F
V
Ê
É
È
Ë
5
T
G
B
ê
é
è
ë
%
t
g
b
Ç
Å
Æ
Ñ
6
Y
H
N
ç
å
æ
ñ
^
y
h
n
Ã
Y
Õ
7
U
J
M
ã
y
õ
&
u
j
m
Ø
<<
8
I
K
,
ø
ÿ
¢
*
i
k
<
£
ª
>>
9
O
L
.
¬
¤
(
o
l
>
º
0
P
;
/
'
)
p
:
?
ƒ
ß
-
[
'
\
_
_
{
"
¿
¡
±
=
]
`
•
+
}
~
¥
˜
˜
SHIFT
INS
NO
YES
DEL DBL
ESC/
SKIP
PAGE
UP
PAGE
DOWN
C
7
4
1
0
8
5
2
A
HOME
9
6
3
B
#-2
#-1
CAP
î
í
ì
ï
$
r
f
v
INSERT
DELETE
DOUBLE
LETTER
CAPITAL
LETTER
small
letter
→
A_BAB
_
→
ABC AC
_
INS
DEL
DBL
CAP
SHIFT
Aa
Aa
Aa
→
→
→
A
A
a
P-141
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Character programming keyboard (Menu sheet)
The character programming keyboard has an upper case “CAP” setting and a “SHIFT”
setting. Its initial setting is CAP setting, which remains in effect until you press the
<SHIFT> key.
After you press <SHIFT>, the shift setting remains in effect until you press the uppercase
<CAP> key again. Note that neither the <SHIFT> nor <CAP> key operation is counted as
a character during programming.
Press the <DBL> key to specify that the next character you input is a double-size character.
Each double-size character counts as two normal size characters.
Press the <INS> at the insertion point to insert a character, or press the <DEL> key at the
deletion point to delete a character.
The <Left Arrow> and <Right Arrow> key moves the insertion/deletion point.
a
a
A
a
→or
a
→
→or →
A
A
A
A
→
A
or
a
a
→
→
PLU0001 PLU0001
PLU0001 LU0001
Qq
<Shift>
<Cap>
<DBL>
<INS>
<DEL>
→
→
PLU0001 QLU0001
1
A
R
No. Descriptor
1 PLU0001
2 PLU0002
3 PLU0003
4 PLU0004
5 PLU0005
6 PLU0006
7 PLU0007
8 PLU0008
9 PLU0009
10 PLU0010
11 PLU0011 v
PLU0001 0.00
Icon (It shows a sort of the character input)
P-142
Program 2
5-1-2 Inputting characters by code
You can also program text by inputting codes that correspond to the characters you want
to input. A list of character codes is given in the table below.
You must also use the <B> key on the 10-key pad during character code programming to
fix character codes for the last input character.
Character code table
5-1-3 After completing to input characters
After completion of inputting characters (by both character keyboard and character
codes), it is necessary to press the <YES> key when you assign these characters to a key.
Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code
Space 32 0 48 @ 64 P 80 ‘96 p 112 Ç128
! 33 1 49 A 65 Q 81 a 97 q 113 ü129
”34 2 50 B 66 R 82 b 98 r 114 é130
# 35 3 51 C 67 S 83 c 99 s 115 â131
$ 36 4 52 D 68 T 84 d 100 t 116 ä132
% 37 5 53 E 69 U 85 e 101 u 117 à133
& 38 6 54 F 70 V 86 f 102 v 118 å134
’39 7 55 G 71 W 87 g 103 w 119 ç135
( 40 8 56 H 72 X 88 h 104 x 120 ê136
) 41 9 57 I 73 Y 89 i 105 y 121 ë137
* 42 : 58 J 74 Z 90 j 106 z 122 è138
+ 43 ; 59 K 75 [ 91 k 107 { 123 î139
, 44 < 60 L 76 \ 92 l 108 | 124 ì140
–45 = 61 M 77 ] 93 m 109 } 125 ï141
. 46 > 62 N 78 ^ 94 n 110 ~ 126 Ä142
/ 47 ? 63 O 79 _ 95 o 111 127 Å143
Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code Chara Code
É144 á160 I 176 192 208 Ó224 240
æ145 í161 II 177 193 D 209 ß225 ± 241
Æ146 ó162 III 178 194 Ê210 Ô226 242
ô147 ú163 179 195 Ë211 Ò227 243
ö148 ñ164 180 196 È212 õ228 244
ò149 Ñ165 Á181 197 213 Õ229 245
û150 ª166 Â182 ã198 Í214 µ 230 ←246
ù151 º167 À183 Ã199 Î215 p 231 →247
ÿ152 ¿168 184 200 Ï216 P232 ↑248
Ö153 ¨169 185 201 217 Ú233 ↓249
Ü154 170 186 202 218 Û234 •250
ø155 1/2 171 187 203 219 Ù235 251
£ 156 1/4 172 188 204 220 `y 236 252
Ø157 ¡173 ¢ 189 205 221 `
Y237 253
×158 «174 ¥190 206 Ì222 238 254
ƒ159 »175 191 ¤207 223 ‘239 255
Double
size
P-143
QT-2100 Programming Manual
5-2. Programming item descriptors
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 2 mode.
3. Select “1. Item Descriptor” and press the <YES> key.
5-2-1 Programming PLU item descriptors
Operation
4. Select “1. PLU” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
6. After pressing the <YES> key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters (max. 24 characters) and press the <YES> key to
fix them.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P2
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-2
1.Item Descriptor
2.Char & Message
0.00
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
Item Descriptor
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
No. Descriptor
1 PLU0001
2 PLU0002
3 PLU0003
4 PLU0004
5 PLU0005
6 PLU0006
7 PLU0007
8 PLU0008
9 PLU0009
10 PLU0010
11 PLU0011 v
PLU0001
P-144
Program 2
5-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors
Operation
4. Select “2. PLU 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
6. After pressing the <YES> key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters (max. 24 characters) and press the <YES> key to
fix them.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-2-3 Programming subdepartment descriptors
Operation
4. Select “3. Sub-Department” and press the <YES> key.
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
Item Descriptor
PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
No. Descriptor
1 PLU0001
2 PLU0002
3 PLU0003
4 PLU0004
5 PLU0005
6 PLU0006
7 PLU0007
8 PLU0008
9 PLU0009
10 PLU0010
11 PLU0011 v
PLU0001
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
P-145
QT-2100 Programming Manual
5. Select the <SUBDEPARTMENT> directly or by entering
subdepartment No. and press the <YES> key.
6. After pressing the <YES> key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters and press the <YES> key to fix them.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-2-4 Programming department descriptors
Operation
4. Select “4. Department” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the <DEPARTMENT> directly, by entering depart-
ment No. and press the <YES> key.
Item Descriptor
Sub-Department
1.SUBDEPT01
2.SUBDEPT02
3.SUBDEPT03
4.SUBDEPT04
0.00
No. Descriptor
1 SUBDEPT01
2 SUBDEPT02
3 SUBDEPT03
4 SUBDEPT04
SUBDEPT01
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
Item Descriptor
Department
1.DEPT01
2.DEPT02
3.DEPT03
4.DEPT04
0.00
P-146
Program 2
6. After pressing the <YES> key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters and press the <YES> key to fix them.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-2-5 Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range
Operation
4. Select “5. Range” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the subject you want to modify, “PLU/PLU 2nd@/
Sub-Department/Department” and press the <YES> key.
6. After pressing the <YES> key, enter characters and press the
<YES> key.
No. Descriptor
1 DEPT01
2 DEPT02
3 DEPT03
4 DEPT04
DEPT01
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
Item Descriptor
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
0.00
Item Descriptor
Descriptor PLU0123
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
P-147
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
8. Press the <YES> key and return to the previous menu.
5-2-6 Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
4. Select “6. PLU –> 2nd@ Copy” and press the <YES> key.
5. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
Item Descriptor
Descriptor PLU0123
Enter Start range 123
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Item Descriptor
Descriptor PLU0123
Enter Start range 123
End range 999
OK? YES
0.00
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
Item Descriptor
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range 123
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
P-148
Program 2
6. Press the <YES> key and return to the previous menu.
5-2-7 Programming function key descriptors
Operation
4. Select “7. Char & Press Key” and press the <YES> key.
5. a) Function keys (max. 16 characters)
Enter characters, press the <YES> key to fix them and press
the corresponding key.
b) PLU (max. 24 characters)
Enter charactes, press the <YES> key to fix them and press
the corresponding <PLU> key or enter corresponding PLU
No. and press the <PLU#> key.
c) PLU 2nd @ (max. 24 characters)
Enter characters and press the <2nd@> key and correspond-
ing key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Item Descriptor
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range 123
End range 999
OK? YES
0.00
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
Item Descriptor Item Descriptor
CASH 0040-002
178-001
RECEIVED ON ACC. 0042-002
164-020
P-149
QT-2100 Programming Manual
5-3. Programming characters and messages
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 2 mode.
3. Select “2. Char & Message” and press the <YES> key.
5-3-1 Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt message
Operation
4. Select “1. Receipt/SLIP Message” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 40 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P2
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-2
1.Item Descriptor
2.Char & Message
0.00
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message v
0.00
Receipt/SLIP Msg
0001-032 (Receipt Logo)
YOUR RECEIPT
0002-032 (Receipt Logo)
THANK YOU
0003-032 (Receipt Logo)
CALL AGAIN
0004-032 (Receipt Commercial)
0005-032 (Receipt Commercial)
0006-032 (Receipt Commercial)
0.00
Rec No. Message
1 ~ 4 Receipt logo message
5 ~ 8 Receipt commercial message
9 ~ 12 Receipt bottom message
13 ~ 16 Bill top message
17 ~ 20 Bill copy message
21 ~ 24 Bill bottom message
25 ~ 28 Slip logo message
29 ~ 32 Slip intermediate message
33 ~ 36 Slip bottom message
37 Not used
38 ~ 47 Guest bottom message
48 Copy receipt message
P-150
Program 2
5-3-2 Programming text recall message
Operation
4. Select “2. Text Recall” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 40 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-3-3 Programming order character link
Operation
4. Select “3. Order Char Link” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message v
0.00
Text Recall
0001-039
********* Text Recall 1st line ********
0002-039
********* Text Recall 2nd line ********
0003-039
********* Text Recall 3rd line ********
0004-039
********* Text Recall 4th line ********
0005-039
********* Text Recall 5th line ********
0006-039 v
0.00
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message v
0.00
Order Char Link
0001-065
Order Character 1
0002-065
Order Character 2
0003-065
Order Character 3
0004-065
Order Character 4
0005-065
Order Character 5
0006-065 v
0.00
P-151
QT-2100 Programming Manual
5-3-4 Programming fixed totalizer descriptors
Operation
4. Select “4. Fixed Totalizer” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message v
0.00
Fixed Totalizer
0001-001
GROSS
0002-001
NET
0003-001
CAID
0004-001
CATL
0005-001
CA-
0006-001 v
0.00
Rec No. Message
001 Gross sales total
002 Net sales total
003 Cash in drawer
004 Cash declared amount (not used)
005 Declared short cash amount (not used)
006 Declared over cash amount (not used)
007 Charge in drawer
008 Charge declared amount (not used)
009 Declared short charge amount (not used)
010 Declared over charge amount (not used)
011 Check in drawer
012 Check declared amount (not used)
013 Declared short check amount (not used)
014 Declared over check amount (not used)
015 Credit in drawer
016 Credit declared amount (not used)
017 Declared short credit amount (not used)
018 Declared over credit amount (not used)
019 Not used
020 Not used
021 Not used
022 Not used
023 Refund mode total
024 Customer count
025 Average sales per customer
026 Check cashing service fee
027 New Balance fee
028 Not used
029 Clerk commission 1 total
030 Clerk commission 2 total
031 Foreign currency cash in drawer 1
032 Foreign currency check in drawer 1
033 Foreign currency cash in drawer 2
034 Foreign currency check in drawer 2
035 Foreign currency cash in drawer 3
036 Foreign currency check in drawer 3
037 Reduction
038 Item return
039 Clear counter
Rec No. Message
040 Not used
041 Rounding
042 ST transfer void
043 Not used
044 Not used
045 Taxable amount 1
046 Tax 1
047 Tax exempt 1
048 Taxable amount 2
049 Tax 2
050 Tax exempt 2
051 Taxable amount 3
052 Tax 3
053 Tax exempt 3
054 Taxable amount 4
055 Tax 4
056 Tax exempt 4
057 Taxable amount 5
058 Tax 5
059 Tax exempt 5
060 Taxable amount 6
061 Tax 6
062 Tax exempt 6
063 Taxable amount 7
064 Tax 7
065 Tax exempt 7
066 Taxable amount 8
067 Tax 8
068 Tax exempt 8
069 Taxable amount 9
070 Tax 9
071 Tax exempt 9
072 Taxable amount 10
073 Tax 10
074 Tax exempt 10
075 Euro cash in drawer
076 Euro charge in drawer
077 Euro check in drawer
078 Euro credit in drawer
P-152
Program 2
5-3-5 Programming group character
Operation
4. Select “5. Group Character” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-3-6 Programming special characters
Operation
4. Select “6. Special Character” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters and press the <YES> key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message v
0.00
Group Character
0001-006
GROUP01
0002-006
GROUP02
0003-006
GROUP03
0004-006
GROUP04
0005-006
GROUP05
0006-006 v
0.00
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message v
0.00
Special Character
0001-023
• @No / *
0002-023
NoCTX COVERS
0003-023
X BUSY
0004-023
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
0005-023
T12T13T14 T23
0006-023 v
0.00
P-153
QT-2100 Programming Manual
† n: Program mode number (1 ~ 6)
Rec No. Contents Descriptor
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
Amount symbol (3), @(2), No (2), split pricing (1),
Training filler (1)
No. of item sold (2), Customer count (2), Square (6), Double sized customer count(6)
Multiplication (6)
Recalling for a check (6)
Taxable symbol 1 (3 each)
Taxable symbol 2 (3 each)
Taxable symbol 3 (3 each)
Foreign currency × 4 (2 each), Selective item symbol × 3 (1 each), Center dot (1)
Mode symbol 1 (4 each)
Mode symbol 2 (4 each)
Mode symbol 3 (4)
Decimal of amount, Decimal of quantity, Delimiter (1 each)
A.M., P.M. (3 each)
Slip continued (12), page (2)
Online password (8)
Display subtotal symbol (ST key) (16)
Subtotal symbol (16)
Total symbol (16)
Change symbol (16)
Check cashing fee (16)
Check cashing amount (16)
Bon message (16)
Not used
Check No. (12)
Service total (16)
Item discount total (16)
House Bon quantity of item (16)
Seat No. (16)
Total symbol (X/Z report) (16)
Clock-in symbol (16)
Clock-out symbol (16)
Break-in symbol (16)
Break-out symbol (16)
Job code symbol (16)
Work time symbol (16)
Break time symbol (16)
Tip declaration symbol (16)
Regular work hours (Employee report) (16)
Overtime work hours (Employee report) (16)
Employee report (1) (4 each)
Employee report (2) (4 each), Edit symbol (1)
Hourly labor pay (16)
Hourly labor proceeds (16)
Pay per transaction (16)
Euro amount symbol (3)
not used
Occupied new check (Open check report) (16)
Finalized check (Open check report) (16)
not used
not used
Unit price of shift PLU 1 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 2 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 3 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 4 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 5 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 6 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 7 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 8 (PLU report)
Taxable symbol 4 (3 each)
$ @No / *
• @No / *
NoCTX COVERS
BUSY
X BUSY
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
T12T13T14 T23
T1
* * * * •
REG
RFR-
MGR
P
n†X/Z
TRG
..,
AM PM
CONTINUED
P
SUBTOTAL
ST
TL
CG
-
CACG
** STUB **
CHECK No.
SRVC TL
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
SEAT#
TL
CLOCK-IN
CLOCK-OUT
BREAK-IN
BREAK-OUT
JOB
WORK TIME
BREAK TIME
CASH TIP
REGULAR TIME
OVER TIME
IN OUT BRK JOB#
TIP WORK*
COST
NET SALES/HOUR
COST/TRANSACTION
EUREUR
NEW OPEN
FINALIZED
@1
@2
@3
@4
@5
@6
@7
@8
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10
U.S.
Others
U.S.
Others
P-154
Program 2
5-3-7 Programming report headers
Operation
4. Select “7. Report Header” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message v
0.00
Report Header
0001-024
FIXED TTL
0002-024
FREE FUNCTION
0003-024
SUB DEPT
0004-024
PLU
0005-024
DEPT
0006-024 v
0.00
Rec No. Contents Descriptor
001 Fixed totalizer report FIXED TTL
002 Transaction key report FREE FUNCTION
003 Subdepartment report SUB DEPT
004 PLU report PLU
005 Department report DEPT
006 Group report GROUP
007 Cashier/clerk report CASHIER/CLERK
008 not used
009 Hourly sales report HOURLY
010 Monthly sales report MONTHLY
011 Flash (Financial) report FLASH
012 Open check report OPEN CHK
013 Table analysis report TABLE ANALYSIS
014 PLU stock report PLU STOCK
015 Void causal report VOID REASON
016 Electronic journal report E-JOURNAL
017 Time & Attendance EMPLOYEE
018 Hourly labor HOURLY LABOR
019 Hourly item HOURLY PRODUCT
020 not used
021 IDC (1) reset IDC(1) Clear
022 IDC (2) reset IDC(2) Clear
023 IDC (3) reset IDC(3) Clear
:
030 not used
P-155
QT-2100 Programming Manual
5-3-8 Programming endorsement message
Operation
4. Select “8. Endorse Message” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 40 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-3-9 Programming GT character
Operation
4. Select “9. GT Character” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message v
0.00
Endorse Message
0001-033
****** Endorse Message 1st line *******
0002-033
****** Endorse Message 2nd line *******
0003-033
****** Endorse Message 3rd line *******
0004-033
****** Endorse Message 4th line *******
0.00
Char & Message
Char & Message
2.Text Recall ^
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
9.GT Character
0.00
GT Character
0001-020
GT1
0002-020
GT2
0003-020
GT3
0.00
P-156
Program 2
P-157
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6. Program 1 ............................................................................... P-158
6-1. Presetting date and time ........................................................................ P-158
6-2. Programming unit price and rate............................................................ P-159
6-2-1 Programming PLU unit price .......................................................................... P-159
6-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price ................................................................... P-160
6-2-3 Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price..................................... P-161
6-2-4 Programming subdepartment unit price ......................................................... P-162
6-2-5 Programming department unit price ............................................................... P-162
6-2-6 Programming PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/
department unit price by range...................................................................... P-163
6-2-7 Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price ................................................ P-165
6-2-8 Programming amount or rate to keys ............................................................. P-166
6-2-9 Programming unit price of shift PLU............................................................... P-167
P-158
Program 1
6. Program 1
6-1. Presetting date and time
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 1 mode.
Presetting time
3. Enter the current time in four (hour, minute) digits or in five
(hour, minute, ten second) and press the <YES> key (24-hour
system).
Presetting date:
3. Enter the current date in six digits (year, month, day order)
and press the <YES> key.
P1
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty
0.00
P1
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty
10-10-01 12:34 00
P1
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty
10-10-01 12:34 00
P-159
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6-2. Programming unit price and rate
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 1 mode.
3. Select “1. Unit Price/Qty” and press the <YES> key.
6-2-1 Programming PLU unit price
Operation
4. Select “1. PLU” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
6. Enter unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P1
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
No. Descriptor Price
1 PLU0001 @10.00
2 PLU0002 @20.00
3 PLU0003 @30.00
4 PLU0004 @40.00
5 PLU0005 @50.00
6 PLU0006 @60.00
7 PLU0007 @70.00
8 PLU0008 @80.00
9 PLU0009 @90.00
10 PLU0010 @100.00
11 PLU0011 @110.00v
0.00
P-160
Program 1
6-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
4. Select “2. PLU 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
6. Select “Qty” or “Price” field by the cursor keys and enter unit
price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
No. Descriptor Qty Price
1 PLU0001 26.52 @10.00
2 PLU0002 0.00 @20.00
3 PLU0003 0.50 @30.00
4 PLU0004 1.75 @40.00
5 PLU0005 2.80 @50.00
6 PLU0006 0.00 @60.00
7 PLU0007 0.00 @70.00
8 PLU0008 0.00 @80.00
9 PLU0009 0.00 @90.00
10 PLU0010 0.00 @100.00
11 PLU0011 0.00 @110.00v
0.00
No. Descriptor Qty Price
1 PLU0001 26.52 @10.00
2 PLU0002 0.00 @20.00
3 PLU0003 0.50 @30.00
4 PLU0004 1.75 @40.00
5 PLU0005 2.80 @50.00
6 PLU0006 0.00 @60.00
7 PLU0007 0.00 @70.00
8 PLU0008 0.00 @80.00
9 PLU0009 0.00 @90.00
10 PLU0010 0.00 @100.00
11 PLU0011 0.00 @110.00v
0.00
P-161
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6-2-3 Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
4. Select “3. PLU & PLU 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
6. Select “Qty” or “Price” field by the cursor keys and enter the
unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
PLU & PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
No. Descriptor Qty Price
1 PLU0001 @1,234.00
PLU0001 12.26 @1.00
2 PLU0002 @20.00
PLU0002 0.00 @2.00
3 PLU0003 @30.00
PLU0003 0.50 @3.00
4 PLU0004 @40.00
PLU0004 1.75 @4.00
5 PLU0005 @50.00
PLU0005 2.80 @5.00
6 PLU0006 @60.00v
0.00
No. Descriptor Qty Price
1 PLU0001 @1,234.00
PLU0001 12.26 @1.00
2 PLU0002 @20.00
PLU0002 0.00 @2.00
3 PLU0003 @30.00
PLU0003 0.50 @3.00
4 PLU0004 @40.00
PLU0004 1.75 @4.00
5 PLU0005 @50.00
PLU0005 2.80 @5.00
6 PLU0006 @60.00v
0.00
No. Descriptor Qty Price
1 PLU0001 @1,234.00
PLU0001 12.26 @1.00
2 PLU0002 @20.00
PLU0002 0.00 @2.00
3 PLU0003 @30.00
PLU0003 0.50 @3.00
4 PLU0004 @40.00
PLU0004 1.75 @4.00
5 PLU0005 @50.00
PLU0005 2.80 @5.00
6 PLU0006 @60.00v
0.00
PLU 1st @
PLU 2nd q’ty/@
P-162
Program 1
6-2-4 Programming subdepartment unit price
Operation
4. Select “4. Sub-Department” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the subdepartment directly or by entering record No.
and press the <YES> key.
6. Enter the unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
6-2-5 Programming department unit price
Operation
4. Select “5. Department” and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Sub-Department
1.SUBDEPT01
2.SUBDEPT02
3.SUBDEPT03
4.SUBDEPT04
0.00
No. Descriptor Price
1 SUBDEPT01 @10.00
2 SUBDEPT02 @20.00
3 SUBDEPT03 @30.00
4 SUBDEPT04 @40.00
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
P-163
QT-2100 Programming Manual
5. Select the department directly or by entering record No. and
press the <YES> key.
6. Enter the unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
6-2-6 Programming PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/department unit price by range
Operation
4. Select “6. Range” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the subject you want to modify, “PLU/PLU 2nd@/
Sub-Department/Department” and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
Department
1.DEPT01
2.DEPT02
3.DEPT03
4.DEPT04
0.00
No. Descriptor Price
1 DEPT01 @10.00
2 DEPT02 @20.00
3 DEPT03 @30.00
4 DEPT04 @40.00
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
0.00
P-164
Program 1
6. Enter the unit price (and Qty for PLU 2nd@) and press the
<YES> key.
7. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
8. Press the <YES> key to return to the previous menu.
Unit Price/Qty
Price 0.00
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Qty 12.00
Price @0.00
Input Range Start 0000
Range End 0000
OK? Yes
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Price 10.00
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Price 10.00
Enter Start range 12
End range 25
OK? YES
0.00
P-165
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6-2-7 Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
4. Select “7. PLU –> 2nd@ Copy” and press the <YES> key.
5. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
6. Press the <YES> key to return to the previous menu.
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range 123
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range 123
End range 999
OK? YES
0.00
P-166
Program 1
6-2-8 Programming amount or rate to keys
Operation
4. Select “8.AMT/Rate to Key” and press the <YES> key.
5. a) Function keys
Enter the unit price or rate and press the corresponding key.
(CA, CHK, NB, +, –, CPN, %+, %–, CE)
b) PLU
Enter the PLU No., press the <PLU#> key, enter the unit
price and press the <YES> key. Pressing <YES> twice
programs the same unit price to the next record.
Or enter the unit price and press the appropriate <PLU> key
directly.
c) PLU 2nd @
Enter unit price and Qty, and press the <2nd@> key and
<YES> key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
PLU0001 0001-004
@10.00
PLU0002 0002-004
@20.00
PLU0003 0003-054
0.00 @30.00
PLU0004 0004-054
12.34 @40.00
Unit Price/Qty
+ @1.00
%- 5.50%
CE 105.0670
CE 0.2860
CE 0.2860
P-167
QT-2100 Programming Manual
6-2-9 Programming unit price of shift PLU
Operation
4. Select “9. Shift PLU” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select the shift level and press the <YES> key.
6. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
7. Enter unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
2.PLU 2nd@ ^
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key
9.Shift PLU
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Shift PLU
1.2nd Price
2.3rd Price
3.4th Price
4.5th Price
5.6th Price
6.7th Price
7.8th Price
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
Shift PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008 v
0.00
No. Descriptor Price
1 PLU0001 @10.00
2 PLU0002 @20.00
3 PLU0003 @30.00
4 PLU0004 @40.00
5 PLU0005 @50.00
6 PLU0006 @60.00
7 PLU0007 @70.00
8 PLU0008 @80.00
9 PLU0009 @90.00
10 PLU0010 @1.00
11 PLU0011 @100.00v
0.00
P-168
Program 1
P-169
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7. Program 6 .............................................................................................. P-170
7-1. Program read general procedure ........................................................... P-170
7-2. Program read report sample .................................................................. P-171
7-2-1 Unit Price/Qty.............................................................................................. P-171
7-2-2 Item Descriptor............................................................................................ P-172
7-2-3 Character and Message.............................................................................. P-172
7-2-4 Machine feature .......................................................................................... P-176
7-2-5 Clerk............................................................................................................ P-208
7-2-6 Key feature.................................................................................................. P-220
7-2-7 Keyboard..................................................................................................... P-242
7-2-8 Memory allocation....................................................................................... P-242
P-170
Program 6
7. Program 6
7-1. Program read general procedure
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 6 mode.
3. Press the <YES> key.
4. Select an appropriate job and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate job and press the <YES> key.
The program read report is issued.
If the job requires range designation, the next screen will be
appeared.
6. Enter the start and end range and press the <YES> key.
The program read report is issued from the printer.
P6
C
01 10-10-01 12:34 000000
PGM-6
1.PGM Read Report
0.00
PGM Read Report
PGM Read Report
1.Unit Price/Qty
2.Item Descriptor
3.Char & Message
4.Machine Feature
5.Clerk
6.Key Feature
7.Keyboard
8.Memory Alloc.
0.00
PGM Read Report
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Function Key
0.00
PLU
Enter Start range 0
End range 0
OK? YES
0.00
P-171
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2. Program read report sample
7-2-1 Unit Price/Qty
7-2-1-1. PLU unit price
PLU0001 0001-004 —PLU descriptor/Record No./File No.
@12.34 —Unit Price
0001-055 —Shift PLU
@2.00 —2nd unit price
@3.00 —3rd unit price
@4.00 —4th unit price
@5.00 —5th unit price
@6.00 —6th unit price
@7.00 —7th unit price
@8.00 —8th unit price
PLU0002 0002-004
@1.00
0002-055
7-2-1-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001 0001-054 —PLU 2nd descriptor/Record No./File No.
2 @23.45 —Unit quantity/2nd unit Price
PLU0002 0002-054
1 @10.00
PLU0003 0003-054
0 @2.00
7-2-1-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01 0001-003 —Subdepartment descriptor/Record No./File No.
@1.00 —Unit Price
SUBDEPT02 0002-003
@2.00
SUBDEPT03 0003-003
@3.34
7-2-1-4. Department
DEPT01 0001-005 —Department descriptor/Record No./File No.
@12.34 —Unit Price
DEPT02 0002-005
@2.34
DEPT03 0003-005
@1.34
7-2-1-5. Function key
%- 0013-002 —Function key descriptor/Record No./File No.
0% —Unit Price, percent rate or conversion rate
- 0018-002
@0.00
CASH 0035-002
@0.00
P-172
Program 6
7-2-2 Item Descriptor
7-2-2-1. PLU
PLU0001 0001-004 —PLU descriptor/Record No./File No.
PLU0002 0002-004
PLU0003 0003-004
7-2-2-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001 0001-054 —PLU 2nd descriptor/Record No./File No.
PLU0002 0002-054
PLU0003 0003-054
7-2-2-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01 0001-003 —Subdepartment descriptor/Record No./File No.
SUBDEPT02 0002-003
SUBDEPT03 0003-003
7-2-2-4. Department
DEPT01 0001-005 —Department descriptor/Record No./File No.
DEPT02 0002-005
DEPT03 0003-005
7-2-2-5. Function key
RCT 0001-002 —Function key descriptor/Record No./File No.
NEW/OLD 0002-002
RC 0003-002
DISP ON/OFF 0004-002
CLK#1 0005-002
7-2-3 Character and Message
7-2-3-1. Receipt/Slip message
0001-032 —Record No./File No.
YOUR RECEIPT
—Receipt message
0002-032
THANK YOU
0003-032
CALL AGAIN
0004-032
:
:
7-2-3-2. Text recall
0001-039 —Record No./File No.
TEXT RECALL MESSAGE 01 —Text recall message
0002-039
:
:
0010-039
Rec No. Message
1 ~ 4 Receipt logo message
5 ~ 8 Receipt commercial message
9 ~ 12 Receipt bottom message
13 ~ 16 Bill top message
17 ~ 20 Bill copy message
21 ~ 24 Bill bottom message
25 ~ 28 Slip logo message
29 ~ 32 Slip intermediate message
33 ~ 36 Slip bottom message
37 Not used
38 ~ 47 Guest bottom message
48 Copy receipt message
P-173
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-3-3. Order character
ORDER CHAR 1 0001-065 —Order character/Record No./File No.
ORDER CHAR 2 0002-065
:
:
ORDER CHAR 10 0010-065
7-2-3-4. Fixed totalizer
GROSS 0001-001 —Descriptor/Record No./File No.
NET 0002-001
CAID 0003-001
:
:
EX10 0074-001
7-2-3-5. Group character
GROUP01 0001-006 —Group character/Record No./File No.
GROUP02 0002-006
GROUP03 0003-006
Rec No. Message
001 Gross sales total
002 Net sales total
003 Cash in drawer
004 Cash declared amount (not used)
005 Declared short cash amount (not used)
006 Declared over cash amount (not used)
007 Charge in drawer
008 Charge declared amount (not used)
009 Declared short charge amount (not used)
010 Declared over charge amount (not used)
011 Check in drawer
012 Check declared amount (not used)
013 Declared short check amount (not used)
014 Declared over check amount (not used)
015 Credit in drawer
016 Credit declared amount (not used)
017 Declared short credit amount (not used)
018 Declared over credit amount (not used)
019 Not used
020 Not used
021 Not used
022 Not used
023 Refund mode total
024 Customer count
025 Average sales per customer
026 Check cashing service fee
027 New Balance fee
028 Not used
029 Clerk commission 1 total
030 Clerk commission 2 total
031 Foreign currency cash in drawer 1
032 Foreign currency check in drawer 1
033 Foreign currency cash in drawer 2
034 Foreign currency check in drawer 2
035 Foreign currency cash in drawer 3
036 Foreign currency check in drawer 3
037 Reduction
038 Item return
039 Clear counter
Rec No. Message
040 Not used
041 Rounding
042 ST transfer void
043 Not used
044 Not used
045 Taxable amount 1
046 Tax 1
047 Tax exempt 1
048 Taxable amount 2
049 Tax 2
050 Tax exempt 2
051 Taxable amount 3
052 Tax 3
053 Tax exempt 3
054 Taxable amount 4
055 Tax 4
056 Tax exempt 4
057 Taxable amount 5
058 Tax 5
059 Tax exempt 5
060 Taxable amount 6
061 Tax 6
062 Tax exempt 6
063 Taxable amount 7
064 Tax 7
065 Tax exempt 7
066 Taxable amount 8
067 Tax 8
068 Tax exempt 8
069 Taxable amount 9
070 Tax 9
071 Tax exempt 9
072 Taxable amount 10
073 Tax 10
074 Tax exempt 10
075 Euro cash in drawer
076 Euro charge in drawer
077 Euro check in drawer
078 Euro credit in drawer
P-174
Program 6
7-2-3-7. Special character
• @No / * 0001-023 —Special character/Record No./File No.
NoCTX 0002-023
X BUSY 0003-023
:
:
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10 0058-023
Rec No. Contents Descriptor
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
Amount symbol (3), @(2), No (2), split pricing (1),
Training filler (1)
No. of item sold (2), Customer count (2), Square (6), Double sized customer count(6)
Multiplication (6)
Recalling for a check (6)
Taxable symbol 1 (3 each)
Taxable symbol 2 (3 each)
Taxable symbol 3 (3 each)
Foreign currency × 4 (2 each), Selective item symbol × 3 (1 each), Center dot (1)
Mode symbol 1 (4 each)
Mode symbol 2 (4 each)
Mode symbol 3 (4)
Decimal of amount, Decimal of quantity, Delimiter (1 each)
A.M., P.M. (3 each)
Slip continued (12), page (2)
Online password (8)
Display subtotal symbol (ST key) (16)
Subtotal symbol (16)
Total symbol (16)
Change symbol (16)
Check cashing fee (16)
Check cashing amount (16)
Bon message (16)
Not used
Check No. (12)
Service total (16)
Item discount total (16)
House Bon quantity of item (16)
Seat No. (16)
Total symbol (X/Z report) (16)
Clock-in symbol (16)
Clock-out symbol (16)
Break-in symbol (16)
Break-out symbol (16)
Job code symbol (16)
Work time symbol (16)
Break time symbol (16)
Tip declaration symbol (16)
Regular work hours (Employee report) (16)
Overtime work hours (Employee report) (16)
Employee report (1) (4 each)
Employee report (2) (4 each), Edit symbol (1)
Hourly labor pay (16)
Hourly labor proceeds (16)
Pay per transaction (16)
Euro amount symbol (3)
not used
Occupied new check (Open check report) (16)
Finalized check (Open check report) (16)
not used
not used
Unit price of shift PLU 1 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 2 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 3 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 4 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 5 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 6 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 7 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 8 (PLU report)
Taxable symbol 4 (3 each)
$ @No / *
• @No / *
NoCTX COVERS
BUSY
X BUSY
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
T12T13T14 T23
T1
* * * * •
REG
RFR-
MGR
P
n†X/Z
TRG
..,
AM PM
CONTINUED
P
SUBTOTAL
ST
TL
CG
-
CACG
** STUB **
CHECK No.
SRVC TL
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
SEAT#
TL
CLOCK-IN
CLOCK-OUT
BREAK-IN
BREAK-OUT
JOB
WORK TIME
BREAK TIME
CASH TIP
REGULAR TIME
OVER TIME
IN OUT BRK JOB#
TIP WORK*
COST
NET SALES/HOUR
COST/TRANSACTION
EUREUR
NEW OPEN
FINALIZED
@1
@2
@3
@4
@5
@6
@7
@8
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10
U.S.
Others
U.S.
Others
P-175
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-3-8. Report header
FIXED TTL 0001-024 —Report header/Record No./File No.
FREE FUNCTION 0002-024
SUB DEPT 0003-024
:
:
TIME ATTENDANCE 0017-024
7-2-3-9. Endorse message
0001-033 —Record No./File No.
ENDORSE MESSAGE 1 —Endorse message
0002-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE 2
0003-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE 3
0004-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE 4
7-2-3-10. GT character
GT1 0001-020 —GT character/Record No./File No.
GT2 0002-020
GT3 0003-020
Rec No. Contents Descriptor
001 Fixed totalizer report FIXED TTL
002 Transaction key report FREE FUNCTION
003 Subdepartment report SUB DEPT
004 PLU report PLU
005 Department report DEPT
006 Group report GROUP
007 Cashier/clerk report CASHIER/CLERK
008 not used
009 Hourly sales report HOURLY
010 Monthly sales report MONTHLY
011 Flash (Financial) report FLASH
012 Open check report OPEN CHK
013 Table analysis report TABLE ANALYSIS
014 PLU stock report PLU STOCK
015 Void causal report VOID REASON
016 Electronic journal report E-JOURNAL
017 Time & Attendance EMPLOYEE
018 Hourly labor HOURLY LABOR
019 Hourly item HOURLY PRODUCT
020 not used
021 IDC (1) reset IDC(1) Clear
022 IDC (2) reset IDC(2) Clear
023 IDC (3) reset IDC(3) Clear
:
030 not used
P-176
Program 6
7-2-4 Machine feature
7-2-4-1. Pulldown group
LIST01 0001-026 —Record No./File No.
000000 000000 —0000D168D167, D6~D1
0101-004 PLU0101 —Link PLU, PLU 2nd@ Record No./File No./Descriptor
0102-004 PLU0102
0103-004 PLU0103
:
:
0120-004 PLU0120
Description Choice Program code
Maximum number of stay down
Status = 0
The number of stay down = 1 ~ 8,
No limit = 9
Minimum number of stay down
Status = 0
The number of stay down = 1 ~ 8,
No limit = 9
PLU / Pulldown group
Record number (1)
Always “0”
PLU / Pulldown group
File number (1)
PLU / Pulldown group
Record number (2)
Always “0”
PLU / Pulldown group
File number (2)
PLU / Pulldown group
Record number (20)
PLU / Pulldown group
File number (20)
Always “000000”
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
:
D168
:
D167
::::
D166 D165 D164 D163
;
D162
:::
D161D160D159
::::
D158 D157 D156 D155
;
D154
:::
D153D152D151
::::
D14 D13 D12 D11
::::
D10 D9 D8 D7
;~;
D6 ~D
1
P-177
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-4-2. Set menu table
0001-028 —Record No./File No.
0001-004 PLU0001 —Link PLU, PLU 2nd@, Pulldown group
0002-054 PLU0002 Record No./File No./Descriptor
0003-004 PLU0003
0002-028
0003-028
:
:
7-2-4-3. Arrangement
0001-038 ABCDEF —Record No./File No./Parameter
0002-038
0003-038
:
:
7-2-4-4. Batch X/Z
0001-029 001112151700000000 —Record No./File No./Parameter
0002-029 101112151700000000
0003-029 011112151700000000
:
:
a
b
c
Description Choice Program code
Allow to issue read report.
Allow to issue reset report.
Read/Reset selection (direct issuance)
Reported area:
Daily area = 0, Periodic 1 area = 1,
Periodic 2 area = 2, Consolidation area = 3
Report code 1
Report code 2
Report code 3
Report code 4
Report code 5
Report code 6
Report code 7
Report code 8
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Read = 0
Reset = 4
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
:
(a+b+c)
D18
:
D17
::
D16 D15
::
D14 D13
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
P-178
Program 6
7-2-4-5. General feature
D
12
D
11
D
10
D
9
D
8
D
7
D
6
D
5
D
4
D
3
D
2
D
1
0001-022 220000000000 —Record No./File No./Parameter *
0002-022 000000000000 *
0003-022 000000000000 *
0004-022 000000000000 *
0005-022 000000002002 *
0006-022 000000000200 *
:
:
0034-022 064907570000 *
0035-022 000000000000 *
* Refer to each record format.
Record 0002-022
Description Choice Program code
Date order:
Year/Month/Day = 0/1, Day/Month/Year = 2, Month/Day/Year = 3
Monetary mode:
0 = 0, º0 = 1, º00 = 2, º000 = 3
Always “00000”
Always “00000”
:
D12
:
D11
;;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
;;;;;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
Description Choice Program code
Machine number ::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Record 0001-022
P-179
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0003-022
Record 0004-022
Description Choice Program code
Reset consecutive number after daily fixed totalizer reset report
is issued.
Always “0”
Consecutive number start value:
:
D8
;
D7
Yes = 1
No = 0
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Rounding:
No rounding = 0, IF1 = 1, IF2 = 2, Denmark = 3,
Norway = 4, Singapore = 5
Tax system:
VAT = 0, US = 1, Canada = 2,
Singapore = 3
Always “0”
Allow amount tender in RF/REG– mode operation.
Cash drawer opening:
1 Immediately when the transaction is finalized.
2 After validation compulsory is released.
Always “00”
High amount limit specification for money in drawer amount.
(Sentinel function)
Always “00”
:
D10
:
D9
:
D8
:
(a+b)
D7
;;
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
;;
D2 D1
Significant
number (0 ~ 5)
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
Yes = 0
No = 2
1 = 0
2 = 4
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number 0f
zeros (0 ~ 9)
a
b
P-180
Program 6
Record 0005-022
Description Choice Program code
Always issu a receipt.
Print total line during finalization.
Time system:
1 24 hour system, 2 12 hour system
Feed one line after issuing receipt.
Always “0”
Breakdown set menu printing.
(Receipt, slip, guest receipt and display)
Always “000”
Print number of item sold.
Print tax symbols.
Print finalization of single item receipt.
Always “0”
Print customer header by double sized character.
Print unit price on receipt.
Print clear key operation.
Print number of customers on header.
Print PLU No. on receipt.
:
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
;
D9
:
D8
;;;
D7 D6 D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
;
D3
:
(a+b)
D2
:
(a+b+c)
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 1
1 = 0
2 = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
P-181
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0006-022
Description Choice Program code
Follow the taxable status and commission status of +/– to the
previous item.
Restrict 0 or 5 on the last digit.
Display operator guidance.
Always “0”
Accumulate to periodic totals after daily reset operation.
Force to declare the money in drawer. (Inline X/Z)
Force to declare the money in drawer.
Force to press subtotal before finalization.
Allow credit balance while finalization.
Allow multiple refund/register minus mode operation.
Affect the result of +/–, %+/%– to the item.
Include add-on tax in net total.
Include commission in net total.
Sounds key confirmation tone.
Allow to issue post receipt, even if the original one is issued.
Connect slit drawer.
Prohibit registration when the stock quantity becomes negative.
Alert when the stock quantity becomes under minimum stock
quantity.
Affect to stock quantity even if the refund operation.
Merge refund item registration to the original one.
(Item consolidation)
Allow one registration of +/–, %+/%– per one transaction.
Round on the least significant digit of %+/%– registration.
Allow numeric entry while compulsory drawer opening.
Use <YES> key to select an item.
PLU numbering:
By memory No. (Sequential) = 0, By random code = 4
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D12
;
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b)
D8
:
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
D2
:
(a+b+c)
D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number
P-182
Program 6
Record 0008-022
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Description Choice Program code
Print gross total.
Print net total.
Print cash in drawer.
Print cash in drawer difference. (future)
Print charge in drawer.
Print charge in drawer difference. (future)
Print check in drawer.
Print check in drawer difference. (future)
Print credit in drawer.
Print credit in drawer difference. (future)
Print refund mode total.
Print number of customers.
Print average sales per customer.
Print check cashing fee total.
Print new balance fee total.
Print commission 1 total.
Print commission 2 total.
Print foreign currency in drawer.
Print discount total.
Print refund total.
Print clear counter.
Print rounding total.
Always “00”
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
D9
:
D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
D3
;;
D2 D1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
P-183
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0009-022
Description Choice Program code
Print taxable amount 1.
Print tax 1.
Print tax exempt 1.
Print taxable amount 2.
Print tax 2.
Print tax exempt 2.
Print taxable amount 3.
Print tax 3.
Print tax exempt 3.
Print taxable amount 4.
Print tax 4.
Print tax exempt 4.
Print taxable amount 5.
Print tax 5.
Print tax exempt 5.
Print taxable amount 6.
Print tax 6.
Print tax exempt 6.
Print taxable amount 7.
Print tax 7.
Print tax exempt 7.
Print taxable amount 8.
Print tax 8.
Print tax exempt 8.
Print taxable amount 9.
Print tax 9.
Print tax exempt 9.
Print taxable amount 10.
Print tax 10.
Print tax exempt 10.
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
(a+b+c)
D1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
P-184
Program 6
Record 0010-022
Description Choice Program code
Print taxable amount 1.
Print taxable amount 2.
Print taxable amount 3.
Print taxable amount 4.
Print taxable amount 5.
Print taxable amount 6.
Print taxable amount 7.
Print taxable amount 8.
Print taxable amount 9.
Print taxable amount 10.
Always “000”
Prohibit registration,
1 while all drawers open, 2 while clerk’s own drawer opens.
Till timer (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Till timer (00 ~ 59 seconds)
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
D9
;;;
D8 D7 D6
:
D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
1 = 0
2 = 1
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
P-185
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0012-022
Record 0013-022
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Description Choice Program code
Print grand total 1 (periodic 1 & 2 report).
Print grand total 2 (periodic 1 & 2 report).
Print grand total 3 (periodic 1 & 2 report).
Print grand total 1 (daily report).
Print grand total 2 (daily report).
Print grand total 3 (daily report).
Always “000”
Print the average of the monthly report.
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
;;;
D4 D3 D2
:
D1
a
b
c
a
b
c
Description Choice Program code
Broadcast the program data after completion of a program.
Always “000”
Print Z collection/consolidation result.
Reset Z collection/consolidation result.
Copy stock quantity from consolidation file to daily file after
Z consolidation.
Retry to poll the terminal which has not responded for the first
polling.
Allow inline master operation.
Print report before Z collection/consolidation.
Source file selection:
1 Terminal file, 2 Consolidation file
Add to the consolidation file after Z operation.
Always “0000”
:
D12
;;;
D11 D10 D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 4
1 = 0
2 = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
P-186
Program 6
Record 0014-022
Description Choice Program code
Print/Display fixed totalizer read report.
Print/Display transaction read report.
Print/Display department/subdepartment read report.
Print/Display PLU/stock read report.
Print/Display group read report.
Print/Display clerk read report.
Print/Display hourly/monthly read report.
Print/Display open check read report.
Print/Display table analysis read report.
Print/Display journal memory read report.
Print/Display hourly item read report.
Print/Display employee read report.
Print/Display hourly/labor read report.
Always “0”.
Print/Display fixed totalizer reset report.
Print/Display transaction reset report.
Print/Display department/subdepartment reset report.
Print/Display PLU/stock reset report.
Print/Display group reset report.
Print/Display clerk reset report.
Print/Display hourly/monthly reset report.
Print/Display open check reset report.
Print/Display table analysis reset report.
Print/Display E-journal reset report.
Print/Display hourly item reset report.
Print/Display employee reset report.
Print/Display hourly/labor reset report.
Print/Display employee activity read report.
Print/Display financial report.
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
;
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
(a+b)
D1
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 2
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 2
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 2
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 2
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 2
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 2
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 2
Print = 0
Display = 4
P-187
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0015-022
Description Choice Program code
Zero-skip department/subdepartment report.
Zero-skip clerk report.
Zero-skip transaction report.
Zero-skip PLU report.
Zero-skip hourly report.
Zero-skip group report.
Zero-skip monthly report.
Zero-skip table analysis report.
Zero-skip hourly item report.
Zero-skip hourly labor report.
Zero-skip shift PLU.
Always “00”
Print PLU No. on the PLU report.
Print sales ratio.
Issue double Z report.
Print the recalculate amount of taxable amount and tax amount.
Print consecutive No. range of the day on the fixed total report.
Reset stock after batch reset report.
Print reset counter.
Print item discount totalizer.
Printing order of PLU report:
1 Memory No. (sequential), 2 Random code
Always “0”
:
(a+b)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
:
D8
;;
D7 D6
:
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
;
D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
1 = 0
2 = 4
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
P-188
Program 6
Record 0016-022
Description Choice Program code
Interval time of hourly report (00 ~ 23 hours)
Interval time of hourly report (00 ~ 59 minutes):
(“0000” treats as 01:00.)
Start time of hourly report (00 ~ 23 hours)
Start time of hourly report (00 ~ 59 minutes)
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Significant
number
P-189
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0017-022
Description Choice Program code
Money declaration compulsory (cash). (future)
Money declaration compulsory (charge). (future)
Money declaration compulsory (check). (future)
Money declaration compulsory (credit). (future)
Print double-hight characters in UP-350.
Classify registered items by group in receipt.
Classify registered items by department in receipt.
Classified item printing format:
1 Total, 2 Detail with total
Include VAT amount in commission subtotal.
Print total line in classified item printing.
Rounding of commission:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Append two zeros in unit price programming.
Capture the details of the copy guest receipt in electronic journal.
Skip the consecutive No. of the electronic journal.
Print date on receipt.
Print date on journal.
Print consecutive number on receipt/journal.
Print time on receipt.
Print time on journal.
Merge the same department/PLU registration on receipt.
(Item consolidation)
Auto-cut receipt/report.
Always “0”
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
D2
;
D1
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
1 = 0
2 = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
P-190
Program 6
Record 0018-022
Description Choice Program code
Maximum printing lines of slip (00 ~ 99)
Classify registered items by group on slip & guest receipt.
Classify registered items by department on slip & guest receipt.
Classified item printing format:
1 Total, 2 Detail with total
Print total line in classified item printing format.
Always “0”
Slip back feed after slip printing. *
Slip back feed after validation printing. *
Slip back feed after check printing/check endorsement printing. *
Print date on slip & guest receipt.
Print time on slip & guest receipt.
Print consecutive No. on slip & guest receipt.
Slip print range:
1 From the top of the transaction, 2 This receipt
Enable slip auto line find.
Merge the same department/PLU registration on slip &
guest receipt. (Item consolidation)
Slip auto feed lines.
* These programs are only effective for SP-1300.
::
D10 D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
D7
;
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
::
D2 D1
Significant
numbers
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
1 = 0
2 = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
1 = 0
2 = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
numbers
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
P-191
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0019-022
Record 0020-022
Description Choice Program code
Record operations in training mode on journal/electronic journal.
Alert electronic journal memory near-end/full error.
:
D2
:
D1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Description Choice Program code
Print receipt logo message.
Print receipt commercial message.
Print receipt bottom message.
Print slip commercial message.
Print slip bottom message.
Print slip intermediate message.
Print bill top message.
Print bill copy message.
Print bill bottom message.
Receipt logo data:
1 Character type, 2 Graphic type
Print commercial message on X/Z report.
Always “0000”
Always “0000”
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
;;;;
D8 D7 D6 D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
1 = 0
2 = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
P-192
Program 6
Record 0021-022
Record 0022-022
Description Choice Program code
Number of details for post entry (0 ~ 9)
Calculate detail item prices in set menu.
(If “No”, calculate only quantity and stock.)
Set menu / Pulldown link type:
Fine dining = 1, Fast food = 2, Fine dining quantity = 3
:
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Significant
number
Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number
Record 0025-022
Description Choice Program code
Start record number of scanning PLU link.
Always “00000000”
::::
D12 D11 D10 D9
; ~ ;
D8 ~ D1
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
Print order with order character.
Print order with amount.
Print double bon message.
Breakdown set menu printing on order.
Alert when the order printer is down.
Always “00000”
Cut order.
Print hyphens.
Output orders during training.
Merge the same department/PLU registration on order receipt.
(Item consolidation)
No. of feed lines before order cutting. (0 ~ 9)
No. of feed lines after order cutting. (0 ~ 9)
:
(a+b)
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
:
D10
; ~ ;
D9 ~ D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
D2
:
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
number
Significant
number
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
P-193
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0026-022
Record 0027-022
Record 0028-022
Description Choice Program code
Enable clerk interrupt.
Enable to register a clerk who has no clerk number.
Always “0000”
Always “0000”
Auto sign-off timer.
(00 ~ 99 seconds, “00” means no auto sign-off.)
:
D12
:
D11
;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7
;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3
::
D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
Back light off timer (00 ~ 59 minutes, “00” means never turn off.) ::
D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
Check tracking method:
1 Check No., 2 Table No.
Maximum digit of check No.:
1 6-digit, 2 12-digit
Tax calculation by new balance.
Print previous balance, when registering old check.
Always “000”
Merge the same department/PLU registration by old check.
(Item consolidation)
Display detail items of the previous check
when registering <OLD CHK>.
Item consolidation when registering <SEP CHK>.
Capture the item data
:
(a+b)
D9
:
D8
:
D7
;;;
D6 D5 D4
:
D3
;
(a+b)
D2
:
D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
1 = 0
2 = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
a
b
P-194
Program 6
Record 0029-022
Description Choice Program code
Sheet No. of the 1st parent menu sheet.
Summed up menu sheet 1 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 2 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 3 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 4 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 5 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 6 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 7 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 8 to parent 1.
Sheet No. of the 2nd parent menu sheet.
Summed up menu sheet 1 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 2 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 3 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 4 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 5 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 6 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 7 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 8 to parent 2.
Always “000”
Sum up manu sheets to one sheet.
Reset child menu sheets with parent menu sheet together.
:
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
:
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
;;;
D4 D3 D2
:
(a+b)
D1
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
P-195
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0031-022
Record 0032-022
Record 0033-022
Record 0034-022
Description Choice Program code
Enable quantity extension of touch PLU.
Enable quantity extension of touch subdepartment.
Enable quantity extension of touch department.
Always “000000”
Always “00000”
:
(a+b+c)
D12
;;;;;;
D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
;;;;;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
a
b
c
Description Choice Program code
Start PLU number of 1st menu sheet
Start PLU number of 2nd menu sheet
Start PLU number of 3rd menu sheet
::::
D12 D11 D10 D9
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
Start PLU number of 4th menu sheet
Start PLU number of 5th menu sheet
Start PLU number of 6th menu sheet
::::
D12 D11 D10 D9
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
Start PLU number of 7th menu sheet
Start PLU number of 8th menu sheet
Always “0000”
::::
D12 D11 D10 D9
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
P-196
Program 6
Record 0035-022
Record 0036-022
Record 0037-022
Description Choice Program code
Full aged employee:
Weekly work time (00 ~ 99 hours)
Weekly work time (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Minor employee:
Weekly work time (00 ~ 99 hours)
Weekly work time (00 ~ 59 minute)
Allow EMPLOYEE Z even if employee are not clocked-out.
Use Weekly / Bi-weekly
Enable clerk to sign on after clock-in
Always “0”
Recognize break time as work time
Rounding of work hours
• No rounding = 0,
• per 10 minutes = 1; 00 ~ 04 = 00, 05 ~ 09 = 10 (min.),
• per 15 minutes = 2; 00 ~ 07 = 00, 08 ~ 14 = 15 (min.),
• per 20 minutes = 3; 00 ~ 10 = 00, 11 ~ 19 = 20 (min.),
• per 30 minutes = 4; 00 ~ 15 = 00, 16 ~ 29 = 30 (min.)
::::
D12 D11 D10 D9
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
;
D3
:
D2
:
D1
a
b
c
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
No = 0
Yes = 1
Weekly = 0
Bi-weekly = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Reset the Store/Recall starting number. (after Open check Z)
Store/Recall starting number (0000 = 0001) *
Store/Recall ending number (0000 = 9999) *
* Be sure that all terminals have common value.
* The starting number should be smaller than the ending number.
:
D9
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
Auto check starting number (0000 = 0001) *
Auto check ending number (0000 = 9999) *
* Be sure that all terminals have common value.
* The starting number should be smaller than the ending number.
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
P-197
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-4-6. Scheduler
D
16
D
15
D
14
D
13
D
12
D
11
D
10
D
9
D
8
D
7
D
6
D
5
D
4
D
3
D
2
D
1
0001-062 0000000000000000 —Record No./File No./Parameter (D28 ~ D13)
000000000000 —Parameter (D12 ~ D1)
0002-062 0000000000000000
000000000000
0003-062 0000000000000000
000000000000
0004-062 0000000000000000
000000000000
Description Choice Program code
Scheduler start time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Scheduler end time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Always “0”
Interval control 1:
Daily = 0, Weekly = 1, Monthly = 2
Interval control 2:
Daily; No meaning
Weekly; Define day of a week
00; Sunday, 01; Monday, 02; Tuesday, 03; Wednesday,
04; Thursday, 05; Friday, 06; Saturday
Monthly; Define date, 01 ~ 31, 99 means the end of the month
Interval time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Always “0”
Arrangement table No.
Arrangement file No.
Always “0000”
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
::::
D28 D27 D26 D25
::::
D24 D23 D22 D21
;
D20
:
D19
::
D18 D17
::::
D16 D15 D14 D13
;
D12
::::
D11 D10 D9 D8
:::
D7 D6 D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-198
Program 6
7-2-4-7. Check print
D
6
D
5
D
4
D
3
D
2
D
1
0001-041 000000 —Record No./File No./Parameter
0002-041 000000
0003-041 000000
0004-041 000000
7-2-4-8. Table analysis
D
6
D
5
D
4
D
3
D
2
D
1
TBL01 0001-018 —Table analysis descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000 —Parameter (Minimum check No.)
000000 —Parameter (Maximum check No.)
TBL02 0002-018
000000
000000
Description Choice Program code
Define printing data:
1; Printing amount 2; Printing amount (double size)
3; Printing date 4; Printing date (double size)
5; Check endorsement message 1st line
6; Check endorsement message 2nd line
7; Check endorsement message 3rd line
8; Check endorsement message 4th line
Feed before printing.
Feed direction
Feed 1 line after printing.
No. of feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
Printing offset digits (00 ~ 49)
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
Normal = 0
Reverse = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
:
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
a
b
c
Description Choice Program code
Minimum check No. of the group
(“0” means “1.”)
Maximum check No. of the group
(“000000” means no programming.)
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
::::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
P-199
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-4-9. Tax table
0001-025 —Record No./File No.
TX1 10% —Tax rate
TX1 0000 —Table maximum value
TX1 50 —Rounding code
TX1 02 —Table attribution
0002-025
TX2 10%
TX2 0000
TX2 50
TX2 02
7-2-4-10. Void table
Mistake 001-012 —Void reason character/Record No./File No.
000000 —Parameter
Out of Date 002-012
000000
7-2-4-11. System connection
0001-901 MC #01 020101000000 —Record No./File No./Id character/Parameter
0002-901 000000000000
0003-901 000000000000
0004-901 000000000000
Description Choice Program code
Return stock value. Yes = 0
No = 1 :
D1
Description Choice Program code
Logical ID characters (within 12 characters)
Terminal:
Oneself = 02, Others = 01
Check tracking master/backup master (program value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Check tracking master/backup master (current value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Always “00000”
Check tracking cluster number (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means no designation.)
Significant
characters
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
number
::::::
D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19
::::::
D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
:
D1
P-200
Program 6
7-2-4-12. I/O parameter
0001-902 0000000000 —Record No./File No./Parameter
0002-902 0000000000
0003-902 0000000000
0004-902 0000000000
Record 0002
Record 0003
Record 0004
Record 0001
Description Choice Program code
Always “0”;
D1
Description Choice Program code
Online baud rate: 115200bps = 0,1 57600bps = 2,
38400bps = 3, 19200bps = 4, 9600bps = 5,
4800bps = 6, 2400bps = 7
Activation signal (trigger):
DR = 0, CI = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
:
D2
:
D1
Description Choice Program code
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM4 = 0, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
Significant
numbers
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
::
D10D9
;;;
D8 D7 D6
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Inline baud rate:
312kbps = 0*, 156kbps = 1
* For INLINE 2 (CAT5) cable, select 312kbps only.
Significant
number :
D1
P-201
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 0005
Record 0006
Record 0007
Description Choice Program code
Always “0”;
D1
Description Choice Program code
Display color:
White line/black ground = 0, Black line/white ground = 1 :
D1
Significant
number
Record 0008
Record 0009
Description Choice Program code
Rear display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0
Remote display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0
* You can connect either rear or remote display.
:
D2
:
D1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM5 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM6 = 6
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
Significant
numbers
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
::
D10D9
;;;
D8 D7 D6
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Parity:
Even = 0, Non = 1, Odd = 2
Bit:
7 bit = 0, 8 bit = 1
Scanner:
Connect = 2, No = 0
Baud rate:
2400 bps = 0, 9600 bps = 1, 4800 bps = 2
:
D4
:
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
P-202
Program 6
Record 0010
Record 0011
Description Choice Program code
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM6 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
Significant
numbers
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
::
D10D9
;;;
D8 D7 D6
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Using RS-232C port for printer:
No printer = 0, COM2 = 2 (COM 4 = 4, COM 5 = 5, COM 6 = 6)
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for slip printer:
No printer = 0, 9600bps = 1
SP-1300:
Connect = 70, No = 00
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
P-203
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-4-13. Printer definition
0001-903 MC #01 /1 01 —Record No./File No./Printer Name/Attribution
MC #02 /2
0002-903 MC #01 /10 50
MC #01 /2
:
:
7-2-4-14. Time Zone
0001-800 000000000000 —Record No./File No./Significant number
0001-800 000000000000
:
Description Choice Program code
Zone start time (hour)
Zone start time (minute) (00~59)
Zone end time (hour) (00~23)
Zone end time (minute) (00~59)
Zone cycle (hour) (00~23)
Zone cycle (minute) (00, 15, 30, 45)
00 ~23
00 ~ 59
00 ~ 23
00 ~ 59
00 ~ 23
00, 15, 30, 45
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Kind of printer:
No = 00, R/J = 01, Report = 02, Order#1 = 50,
Order#2 = 51, … Order#7 = 56
ECR ID characters connecting with main printer
(within 12 characters)
ECR ID characters connecting with backup printer
(within 12 characters)
Main printer number:
Printer (1) = 00 or 01, Printer (2) = 02, Printer (3) = 03
Backup printer number:
Printer (1) = 00 or 01, Printer (2) = 02, Printer (3) = 03
::
D30 D29
:~:
D28 ~ D17
:~:
D16 ~ D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Significant
characters
Significant
characters
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
P-204
Program 6
7-2-4-15. Employee
HARRISON 123456 0001-801 — Employee#/Character/Record No./File No.
9999999999 0001020304 — Social security No./Program (D12~D3)
HARRISON — Clerk character
CLAPTON 000001 0002-801
0000000000 0000000000
-------- — (No clerk character is set.)
:
Description Choice Program code
Employee No. (within a 6-digits: 000000~999999)
(“000000” means no select number)
Reading “zero” can be ignored. eg) 001234 → 1234
Character (16-degits)
Social security No. (within a 10-digits)
Reading “zero” cannot be ignored. eg) 0001234567 → 0001234567
Specify job code
Clock-in without job code or with undefined Job
Use the job code window during clock-in operation
Enable to clock-in with ignoring the schedule
Minor employee
Job code 1 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Job code 2 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Job code 3 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Job code 4 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Cashier/clerk record number (00 ~ 99)
:~:
D44 ~D
39
:~:
D38 ~D
23
:~:
D22 ~D
13
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Significant
number
Significant
character
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
a
b
c
a
b
P-205
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-4-16. Job Code
Description Choice Program code
Character (within a 16-digit) (No character means no setting.)
Tip declaration compulsory during clock-out operation
Always “0”
Pay rate ($0.00 ~ $9999.99)
Overtime pay ratio (0.00 ~ 99.99)
(“0.00” means “1.00”)
:~:
D28 ~D
13
:
D12
;
D11
:~:
D10 ~D
5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
character
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Significant
number
COOK 0001-802 —Character/Record No./File No.
00 @9999.99 12.34 — Programming (D12D11) /Pay rate/Overtime pay ratio
JOB#2 0002-802
00 @0.00 0.00
:
P-206
Program 6
7-2-4-17. Schedule
Description Choice Program code
Job code (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Start time (hour) (00 ~ 23)
Start time (minute) (00 ~ 59)
End time (hour) (00 ~ 23)
End time (minute) (00 ~ 59)
Break time (hour) (00 ~ 23)
Break time (minute) (00 ~ 59)
Grace before start (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Grace after start (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Grace before end (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Grace after end (minute) (00 ~ 99)
::
D22 D21
::
D20 D19
::
D18 D17
::
D16 D15
::
D14 D13
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Monday (1) 0001-803 —Day of the week/Shift No./Rec#~File#
JOB#1 000000000000 —Job character/Programming (D20 ~ D9)
00000000 —Programming (D8 ~ D1)
Monday (2) 0002-803
JOB#2 000000000000
00000000
:
P-207
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-4-18. IDC Link
Description Choice Program code
Always “0”
Specify IDC Link file
No link=0, IDC(1)=1, IDC(2)=2, IDC(3)=3
Always “0”
Target for IDC:
All transactions=0, Only item/function=1
Record No. of the target for IDC
Always “0”
File No. of the target for IDC
;
D12
:
D11
;
D10
:
D9
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
;
D4
:::
D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
0001-804 0001-004 PLU0001 —Record No./File No./Target Record No.-File No./Character
1010 —Programming (D12 ~ D9)
0001-804 0001-026 PLU0001
2000
:
P-208
Program 6
7-2-5 Clerk
7-2-5-1. Clerk feature
C
01 001-007 —Clerk name/Record No./File No.
0001 —Clerk secret code
00 —Drawer No.
000111 —Clerk No. for clerk interrupt
01-067 0000040000 —Refer to the record 01-067 †
02-067 0000000000 —Refer to the record 02-067 †
03-067 0000000000 —Refer to the record 03-067 †
04-067 000000000000 —Refer to the record 04-067 †
05-067 000000000000 —Refer to the record 05-067 †
06-067 000000000000 —Refer to the record 06-067 †
07-067 000000000000 —Refer to the record 07-067 †
08-067 000000000000 —Refer to the record 08-067 †
09-067 000000000000 —Refer to the record 09-067 †
10-067 000000000000 —Refer to the record 10-067 †
11-067 000000000000 —not used
068 00000000 —Commission rate †
069 000000000000 — Table range †
C
02 002-007
0002 † Refer to the record format below.
:
:
Table range Description Choice Program code
Minimum value for table range (1 ~ 999999)
(“0” means no programming.)
Maximum value for table range (1 ~ 999999)
(“0” means no programming.)
::::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
Commission rate 1 (0.01 ~ 99.99%)
Commission rate 2 (0.01 ~ 99.99%)
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
(with decimal)
Significant
numbers
(with decimal)
Commission rate
P-209
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 01-067
Description Choice Program code
Check number compulsory
Table number compulsory
Number of customer compulsory
Guest receipt compulsory (at finalization)
Guest receipt compulsory (at new balance)
Slip auto-batch print compulsory (at finalization)
Slip auto-batch print compulsory (at new balance)
Clerk attribution:
Cashier = 0, Clerk = 1, Manager = 2
Training clerk
Enable to open check created by other clerk
Disable to sign on
Sign off at finalization
Always “0”
Seat number compulsory
Eat-in/Take-out compulsory
Always “0”
Void operation:
Complete void = 0, Current transaction = 1, Not allowed = 2
:
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
D7
:
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
;
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
;
D2
:
D1
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
P-210
Program 6
Record 02-067
Description Choice Program code
Enable to use 1st menu sheet.
Enable to use 2nd menu sheet.
Enable to use 3rd menu sheet.
Enable to use 4th menu sheet.
Enable to use 5th menu sheet.
Enable to use 6th menu sheet.
Enable to use 7th menu sheet.
Enable to use 8th menu sheet.
Always “000”
Default shift PLU sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 8)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.,
“0” means maintaining previous menu sheet.)
Default menu sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 8)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.,
“0” means maintaining previous menu sheet.)
Default @ menu sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 2)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.,
“0” means maintaining previous menu sheet.)
Status/stay down menu sheet assignment
Status/stay down @ menu sheet assignment
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b)
D8
;;;
D7 D6 D5
:
D4
:
D3
:
D2
:
(a+b)
D1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Status = 0
Stay down = 1
Status = 0
Stay down = 2
P-211
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 03-067
Description Choice Program code
Enable to operate in REG mode.
Enable to operate in REF mode.
Enable to operate in REG– mode.
Always “0”
Enable to operate in PGM1 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM2 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM3 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM4 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM5 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM6 mode.
Always “0”
Enable to operate in X/Z mode.
Enable to operate in Manager mode.
Enable to operate in collection/consolidation mode.
Enable to operate in Auto-PGM mode
Enable to operate in CF card Auto-PGM mode
Always “00”
Default mode after sign on:
REG = 0, PGM1 = 1, X/Z = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D10
;
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
;
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
;;
D3 D2
:
D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
P-212
Program 6
Record 04-067
Description Choice Program code
Enable to operate cash.
Enable to operate charge.
Enable to operate check.
Enable to operate credit.
Enable to operate new balance.
Enable to operate price inquiry.
Enable to operate stock inquiry.
Enable to operate text recall.
Enable to operate text print.
Enable to operate check print.
Enable to operate clerk transfer.
Enable to operate table transfer.
Enable to operate tip.
Enable to operate normal receipt.
Enable to operate loan.
Enable to operate received on account.
Enable to operate paid out.
Enable to operate pick up.
Enable to operate coupon.
Enable to operate deposit.
Enable to operate minus.
Enable to operate percent minus.
Enable to operate plus.
Enable to operate percent plus.
Enable to operate refund.
Enable to operate coupon 2.
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
:
(a+b)
D10
;
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
D2
:
D1
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 4
P-213
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 05-067
Description Choice Program code
Enable to operate validation.
Enable to operate receipt.
Enable to operate check endorse.
Enable to operate non add.
Enable to operate non add/no sale.
Enable to operate no sale.
Enable to operate No. of customer
Enable to operate arrangement.
Enable to operate currency exchange.
Enable to operate VAT.
Enable to operate bill copy.
Always “0”.
Enable to operate slip back feed/release.
Enable to operate slip print.
Enable to operate slip feed/release.
Enable to operate tax shift.
Enable to operate table number.
Enable to operate money declaration.
Enable to operate shift PLU.
Enable to operate menu shift.
Enable to operate tax exempt.
Enable to operate open.
Enable to operate preset open.
Enable to operate 1st@.
Enable to operate 2nd@.
Enable to operate clerk No.
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
;
D8
:
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
(a+b)
D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
P-214
Program 6
Record 06-067
Description Choice Program code
Enable to operate operator X/Z.
Enable to tray total.
Enable to operate subtotal.
Enable to operate receipt on/off.
Enable to operate TA/ST.
Enable to operate operator No.
Enable to operate MD/ST.
Enable to operate X.
Enable to operate X/For.
Enable to operate X/XX.
Enable to operate X/XXX.
Enable to operate Ketten Bon.
Enable to operate selective item ST.
Always “00”
Enable to operate new check.
Enable to operate old check.
Enable to operate new/old check.
Enable to operate add check.
Enable to operate separate check.
Always “00”
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b)
D8
:
D7
;;
D6 D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
;;
D2 D1
P-215
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 07-067
Description Choice Program code
Enable to operate substitution.
Enable to operate House Bon.
Always “0”
Enable to operate operator open check.
Enable to operate media change.
Enable to operate seat number.
Enable to operate display on/off.
Enable to operate REG mode.
Enable to operate X/Z mode
Enable to operate PGM mode.
Enable to operate post entry.
Enable to operate round repeat.
Enable to operate eat-in.
Enable to operate take-out.
Enable to operate store.
Enable to operate recall.
Enable to operate reverse display.
Enable to operate Electronic journal display.
Enable to operate home position.
Enable to operate display mode change.
Enable to operate dutch account.
Always “0”
Enable to operate all void of this transaction.
Enable to operate all void from the top of this receipt.
:
(a+b)
D12
;
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
;
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
P-216
Program 6
Record 08-067
Description Choice Program code
Enable to operate price.
Enable to operate PLU No.
Enable to operate subdepartment No.
Enable to operate department No.
Enable to operate list No.
Enable to operate flat PLU.
Enable to operate department key.
Enable to operate subdepartment key.
Enable to operate list key.
Always “0000”
Always “0000”
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
D9
;;;;
D8 D7 D6 D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-217
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 09-067
Description Choice Program code
Enable to operate arrange group 1.
Enable to operate arrange group 2.
Enable to operate arrange group 3.
Enable to operate arrange group 4.
Enable to operate arrange group 5.
Always “00000”
Always “00000”
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
;;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
;;;;;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
P-218
Program 6
Record 10-067
Description Choice Program code
Enable to issue daily X report.
Enable to issue daily Z report.
Enable to issue periodic 1 X report.
Enable to issue periodic 1 Z report.
Enable to issue periodic 2 X report.
Enable to issue periodic 2 Z report.
Always “0”
Enable to issue batch X/Z 1 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 2 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 3 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 4 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 5 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 6 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 7 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 8 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 9 report.
Enable to issue employee X/Z report.
Enable to issue employee edit report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 10 report.
Enable to issue operator X report.
Enable to issue operator Z report.
Always “00”
Enable to issue X/Z report by file.
Enable to issue individual key/item X/Z report.
Enable to issue other individual X/Z report.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
a
b
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
:
(a+b)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b)
D10
;
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
;;
D3 D2
:
(a+b+c)
D1
P-219
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-5-2. Clerk detail
0001-030 0001-001 GROSS —Record No./File No./Detailed total record No./
0002-030 0002-001 NET File No./Character
0003-030 0003-001 CAID
7-2-5-3. Clerk key ID (Dallas key ID)
1234567890AB 0001-027 —Key ID./Record No./File No.
C
01 0001 —Clerk name/Clerk record No.
12362458DA79 0002-027
C
02 0002
P-220
Program 6
7-2-6 Key feature
7-2-6-1. PLU
PLU0001 0001-004 —PLU descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000000000 —Elementary program †
11-066 000000 —Refer to the record 11-066 †
12-066 000000 —Refer to the record 12-066 †
13-066 0000 —Refer to the record 13-066 †
14-066 0 —Refer to the record 14-066 †
15-066 @0.00 —High amount limit
16-066 00 —Refer to the record 16-066 †
17-066 00 —Refer to the record 17-066 †
20-066 0000 —Refer to the record 20-066 †
21-066 00000000 —Refer to the record 21-066 †
22-066 000000 —not used
PLU0002 0002-004
7-2-6-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001 0001-054 —PLU 2nd @ descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000000000 —Elementary program †
11-066 000000 —Refer to the record 11-066 †
12-066 000000 —Refer to the record 12-066 †
PLU0002 0002-004
000000000000
11-066 000000
12-066 000000 —Refer to the record 12-066 †
PLU0003 0003-004
7-2-6-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01 0001-003 —Subdepartment descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000000000 —Elementary program †
11-066 000000 —Refer to the record 11-066 †
15-066 @0.00 —High amount limit
16-066 00 —Refer to the record 16-066 †
17-066 00 —Refer to the record 17-066 †
20-066 0000 —Refer to the record 20-066 †
21-066 00000000 —Refer to the record 21-066 †
SUBDEPT02 0002-003
7-2-6-4. Department
DEPT01 0001-005 —Department descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000000000 —Elementary program †
11-066 000000 —Refer to the record 11-066 †
15-066 @0.00 —High amount limit
16-066 00 —Refer to the record 16-066 †
17-066 00 —Refer to the record 17-066 †
20-066 0000 —Refer to the record 20-066 †
21-066 00000000 —Refer to the record 21-066 †
DEPT02 0002-005
† Refer to the following record formats.
P-221
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Elementary program
Description Choice Program code
Single item control: (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Normal receipt = 0, Single item receipt = 3
Selective item status 1 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Selective item status 2 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Normal/condiment/preparation (Only effective for PLU)
Normal item = 0, Condiment = 1, Preparation = 2
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06, Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
Non taxable = 00
Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Multiple validation (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
(If “No”, only one validation is possible.)
Full hash (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Open PLU (Only effective for PLU)
Enable 0 unit price.
Enable negative price. (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Hash (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Register by unit price of pulldown main item.
(i.e. ignore sub item unit price)
Use premium item of pulldown set.
Low digit limitation (LDL) for manually entered unit price.
(Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Always “0”
Commission 1 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Commission 2 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Always “0”
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
number
Significant
number
Yes = 0
No = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
:
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
:
D10
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
::
D9 D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
:
D4
;
D3
:
(a+b)
D2
;
D1
P-222
Program 6
Record 11-066
Record 12-066
Record 13-066
Record 14-066
Record 15-066
Record 16-066
Description Choice Program code
PLU random code (only for PLU) Significant
numbers ::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Set menu table number (only for PLU) Significant
numbers ::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
High amount limit for entering unit price manually.
(not for PLU 2nd@) Significant
numbers ::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Order character record number (00 ~ 99)
(not for PLU 2nd@) Significant
numbers ::
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Link subdepatment record number (for PLU and PLU 2nd@)
Link department record number
(for PLU PLU 2nd@ and subdepartment)
Link group record number
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Unit stock quantity (0.001 ~ 99.999)
Enter with decimal point. (If “0”, treats as “1”.)
(for PLU and PLU 2nd@)
Always “0”
Minimum stock quantity (0.001 ~ 99.999)
Enter with decimal point. (for PLU and PLU 2nd@)
Always “0”
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
:::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8
;
D7
:::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
;
D1
P-223
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Record 17-066
Record 20-066
Record 21-066
Description Choice Program code
Number of Bon receipts (1 ~ 9)
(If “0”, no Bon is issued.) (not for PLU 2nd@) Significant
number :
D1
Description Choice Program code
Pulldown group record number (1)
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Pulldown group record number (2)
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Pulldown group record number (3)
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Pulldown group record number (4)
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Order printing color: 1 Black: UP-250 (Normal : UP-350),
2 Red: UP-250 (Reverse: UP-350) (not for PLU 2nd@)
Print out to order printer #1.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Print out to order printer #2.
not for PLU 2nd@)
Print out to order printer #3.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Print out to order printer #4.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Print out to order printer #5.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Print out to order printer #6.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Print out to order printer #7.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
P-224
Program 6
7-2-6-5. Function key
0001 CASH 000000000000 —Record No./Key descriptor/Parameter
0002 CHARGE 000000000000
0003 CREDIT 000000000000
0004 %+ 000000000000
0005 CLEAR 000000000000
0006 PGM MODE 000000000000
Programming for cash, charge, credit and check
Description Choice Program code
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
*1 *3 *4
Force validation operation. *1 *3 *4
Print check number barcode on receipt.
Restriction (to 00, 25, 50, 75) on last two digits for amount
tendered (Only for <CASH> in Danish rounding)
Always “0”
Force batch slip printing. *1 *4
Force check endorsement printing (Only for <CHECK>). *3 *4
Force check printing (Only for <CHECK>). *3 *4
Prohibit entry of a partial payment
Prohibit the entry of the amount tendered.
Force entry of the amount tendered.
Print VAT breakdown. *1 *2
Check cashing commission (Only for <CHECK>) *3
1 Use an amount 2 Use a rate
Validation amount *3
1 Print subtotal amount 2 Print amount tendered
No change due is made in tendering operation.
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
High amount limit specification for subtotal and tendering
amounts. *3
High amount limit specification for change amount due.
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
Subtotal = 0
Tender = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
:
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
;
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
P-225
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Programming for new balance
*1 Those are valid options for AUTO CASH as well.
*2 Those are valid options for Single item as well.
*3 Those are valid options for Cashing a check as well.
*4 Those are valid options for Currency exchange (include partial tender) as well.
Description Choice Program code
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.
Print check number barcode on receipt.
Always “0”
Force batch slip printing.
Open drawer when the key is pressed.
Always “0”
Print VAT breakdown.
Service charge
1 Use an amount 2 Use a rate
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
Always “0000”
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D11
:
(a+b)
D10
;
D9
:
(a+b)
D8
;
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
a
b
a
b
a
b
P-226
Program 6
Programming for character print
Description Choice Program code
Start record number of displaying “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(“00” means “01”.)
Allow clerk or mode change after the “text recall” key
depression. (effective only for “text recall” key)
Print characters to sales receipt printer.
Order character record No. (01 ~ 99)
(“00” clears programming)
Printing color (effective only for order)
Display/print with quantity.
Staydown “TEXT RECALL WINDOW” (only characters)
Print characters to order printer 1.
Print characters to order printer 2.
Print characters to order printer 3.
Print characters to order printer 4.
Print characters to order printer 5.
Print characters to order printer 6.
Print characters to order printer 7.
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
::
D9 D8
:
D7
::
D6 D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
D1
Significant
numbers
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number
Black = 0
Red = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
P-227
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Programming for check print
Programming for clerk transfer
Programming for table transfer
Programming for tip
Description Choice Program code
Number of back feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Clerk number
1 Memory number 2 Clerk secret number
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
Description Choice Program code
Multiple validation
If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0000”
Always “000”
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry)
Always “00”
:
D11
;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7
;;;
D6 D5 D4
:
D3
;;
D2 D1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Allow to add checks while table transferring.
Transfer the customer number.
Transfer only total amounts. (ST transfer)
Auto check transfer
Receipt is issued, even if the receipt switch is off.
Print receipt.
Always “0000”
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
b
c
a
b
P-228
Program 6
Programming for loan, pick up
Programming for received on account, paid out
Description Choice Program code
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation. (only effective after receipt issuance)
Always “00000”
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Always “00”
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
:
D11
:
D10
;;;;;
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
::
D4 D3
;;
D2 D1
Description Choice Program code
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.
Always “00000”
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Always “0”
Enter numbers after registration.
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D11
:
D10
;;;;;
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
::
D4 D3
;
D2
:
D1
P-229
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Programming for plus, minus, coupon
Description Choice Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0”
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00
Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Allow credit balance. (–, CPN only)
Always “00”
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
Allow key operation after item registration.
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry.)
Commission 1
Commission 2
Always “0”
:
D11
;
D10
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
::
D9 D8
:
D7
;;
D6 D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
D3
:
(a+b)
D2
;
D1
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
P-230
Program 6
Programming for discount, premium
Description Choice Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0”
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00
Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Allow manual override.
All taxable
Allow key operation after <SI/ST>.
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
Allow key operation after item registration.
Always “0”
Commission 1
Commission 2
Always “0”
:
D11
;
D10
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
::
D9 D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
D6
:
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
;
D3
:
(a+b)
D2
;
D1
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 0
No = 1
Significant
number
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
P-231
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Programming for deposit+, deposit–
Programming for void
Programming for check endorsement
Description Choice Program code
Force validation operation.
(only effective after receipt issuance)
Multiple validation (If “No”, only one validation is possible.)
Always “00”
Key attribution
Open cash drawer.
Media definition:
Cash = 0, charge = 1, check = 2, credit = 3
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Always “00”
:
(a+b)
D10
;;
D9 D8
:
D7
:
D6
:
D5
::
D4 D3
;;
D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
DEPO+ = 0
DEPO– = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
a
b
Description Choice Program code
Line number of auto-back feed before printing (0 ~ 9)
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Item delete (When “No” is selected, only a line can be deleted.)
Select void reason.
:
D2
:
D1
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
P-232
Program 6
Programming for receipt
Programming for #, #/NS
Description Choice Program code
Allow mode change or clerk change after non add registration as
first transaction. (only for non-add function)
Order character record number (00 ~ 99):
(“00” means no setting.)
Order printing color
Print out to Order printer#1.
Print out to Order printer#2.
Print out to Order printer#3.
Print out to Order printer#4.
Print out to Order printer#5.
Print out to Order printer#6.
Print out to Order printer#7.
Yes = 1
No = 0
Significant
number
Red = 1
Black = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
D7
::
D6 D5
:
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
D1
a
b
c
a
b
c
Description Choice Program code
Maximum number of post receipts (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means 1 post receipt.)
Always “0000”
Form of post receipt and guest receipt:
1 Print out, 2 Display
Print current time on guest receipt.
Clear finalized check.
Issue post receipt after clerk interrupt/check tracking
Always “00”
Issue guest receipt to order printer n (n = 1 ~ 7).
(“0” means issuing to R/J.)
Line number of guest bottom message (00 ~ 10):
(“00” means no bottom message.)
:
D12
;;;;
D11 D10 D9 D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
;;
D5 D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Significant
number
1 = 0
2 = 2
Yes = 4
No = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
Significant
number
a
b
a
b
P-233
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Programming for arrangement
Programming for customer
Description Choice Program code
Input method:
Allow replacement = 0, Prohibit replacement = 1,
Add enter value = 2
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Enable operation in REG mode.
Enable operation in REF mode.
Enable operation in REG– mode.
Enable operation in PGM1 mode.
Enable operation in PGM2 mode.
Enable operation in PGM3 mode.
Enable operation in PGM4 mode.
Enable operation in PGM5 mode.
Enable operation in PGM6 mode.
Enable operation in Auto PGM to CF card mode
Enable operation in Auto PGM mode.
Enable operation in X/Z mode.
Enable operation in Manager mode.
Enable operation in Collection/Consolidation mode.
Arrangement file number
Arrangement table number
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:::
D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
P-234
Program 6
Programming for currency exchange
Programming for slip
Programming for T/S, TAST
Description Choice Program code
Taxable status (00, 01 ~ 10)
(“00” means taxable 1.)
Always “000”
Always “0000”
::
D9 D8
;;;
D7 D6 D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Force slip batch printing from the beginning of the transaction.
(If “No”, controlled by general function.)
Print current time on slip.
(This option works only at batch print with whole transaction.)
Clear finalized check.
Always “0000”
Print Euro total line.
:
(a+b)
D7
:
D6
;;;;
D5 D4 D3 D2
:
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Significant
number
Decimal = 0
Comma = 1
Comma = 0
Decimal = 4
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Define amount symbol. (1 ~ 4)
Define foreign currency totalizer. (1 ~ 3)
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Always “0”
Monetary mode (0 ~ 2):
º00 = 2, º0 = 1, 0 = 0
Monetary symbol for decimal
Monetary symbol for separator
Assigning drawer number (0 ~ 2)
(“0” means drawer 1.)
:
D7
:
D6
:
D5
;
D4
:
D3
:
(a+b)
D3
:
D1
a
b
P-235
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Programming for open
Programming for open 2
Description Choice Program code
Release high amount limit
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Description Choice Program code
Release customer number compulsory.
Release table number compulsory.
Release check number compulsory.
Release credit balance error. (If “Yes”, you can finalize the
transaction even if the subtotal is negative.)
Release guest receipt compulsory.
Release validation compulsory.
Release check endorsement compulsory.
Release check print compulsory.
Release slip auto batch print compulsory.
Release slip manual batch print compulsory.
Release <LIST> stay down compulsory (Min/Max No.).
Release seat number compulsory.
Release tip declaration compulsory.
Release eat-in/take-out compulsory.
Always “0”
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
(a+b)
D2
;
D1
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
P-236
Program 6
Programming for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon
Description Choice Program code
Multiplication procedure: (Ketten Bon and <X> only)
1 Quantity × Amount, 2 Amount × Quantity
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Always “0000”
:
D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
Significant
number
Programming for clerk number
Programming for operator X/Z
Programming for subtotal, merchandise subtotal
Description Choice Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “00000”
Include add-on tax amount. (ST only)
Print when key is pressed.
Always “0000”
:
D11
;;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
:
(a+b)
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 4
No = 0
Description Choice Program code
Clerk secret number (0000 ~ 9999)
(“0000” means no secret number.) ::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
1 Issue stand-alone report./2 Issue consolidation report.
1 Print report./2 Display report.
Always “000000”
:
(a+b)
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
1 = 0
2 = 2
a
b
P-237
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Programming for selective item subtotal
Programming for open check
Programming for list
Programming for cancel
Description Choice Program code
Selective item status (0, 1, 2):
Selective item 1 = 0/1, selective item 2 = 2
Always “00000”
Always “00000”
:
D11
;;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
;;;;;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Significant
number
Description Choice Program code
Display report./Print report
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Display = 2
Print = 0
Description Choice Program code
A range of cancellation:
1Complete cancellation, 2Current receipt only
Correct set menu/pulldown link while it is registered.
:
(a+b)
D1
2 = 0
1 = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
Description Choice Program code
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (4).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (3).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (2).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (1).
:::
D12 D11 D10
:::
D9 D8 D7
:::
D6 D5 D4
:::
D3 D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
Significant
numbers
P-238
Program 6
Programming for clock-in/clock-out
Programming for tax exempt
Description Choice Program code
The purpose of uses:
Use both clock-in and clock-out = 0
Use only clock-in = 1
Use only clock-out = 2
Print when clock-in or clock-out keys are pressed.
:
D2
:
D1
Significant
numbers
Yes = 0
No = 1
Description Choice Program code
Enable auto check assignment
Always “000000”
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Programming for new check, new/old check
Description Choice Program code
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
Exempt tax 2
Exempt tax 3
Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
Always “0000”
Always “000”
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
::
D9 D8
;;;;
D7 D6 D5 D4
;;;
D3 D2 D1
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
Significant
numbers
Significant
number
a
b
c
P-239
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Programming for break-in/break-out
Programming for eat-in/take-out
Description Choice Program code
The purpose of uses:
Use both break-in and break-out = 0
Use only break-in = 1
Use only break-out =2
Always “0”
:
D2
;
D1
Significant
numbers
Description Choice Program code
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
Exempt tax 2
Exempt tax 3
Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
Always “00”
Print when the key is pressed.
Always “0000”
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
::
D9 D8
;;
D7 D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Not print = 0
Print = 4
a
b
c
P-240
Program 6
Programming for store
Description Choice Program code
Shift:
1 Status, 2 Staydown
Define assigning shift PLU number. (0, 1 ~ 8)
(“0” is treated as “1”.)
:
D2
:
D1
1 = 0
2 = 1
Significant
number
Programming for shift PLU
Description Choice Program code
Enable to open the finalized check. :
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Programming for old check
Description Choice Program code
Print VAT breakdown.
Print receipt.
Always “0000”
:
D6
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Description Choice Program code
Maximum customer numbers for one Dutch account
(“00” is treated as “99”.) ::
D2 D1
Significant
numbers
Programming for Dutch account
Description Choice Program code
Accumulate “Tray total” to the key totalizer, whenever the
<TRAY TOTAL> key is pressed twice. :
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Description Choice Program code
Enable to open the closed check. :
D1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Programming for tray total
Programming for recall
P-241
QT-2100 Programming Manual
7-2-6-6. Scanning PLU link
SCANNING USED RECS 0002 / 0010 —Header/Used record No./Allocated record No.
0001-016 02833521>>>>> 0217 —Record No./File No./OBR code/Linked PLU record No.
0002-016 4987244235176 0218
0003-016 0000000000000 0000
0004-016 0000000000000 0000
0005-016 0000000000000 0000
7-2-6-7. Euro program
0001-099 00000101 —Record No./File No./Program
0002-099 00000101
0003-099 00200117
7-2-6-8. Auto-program control
0001-905 0902 01 —Record No./File No./Program
0002-905 0999 00
0003-905 0000 00
P-242
Program 6
7-2-7 Keyboard
1-------------------------------------- —Menu sheet number
001.RCT 0001 002 073 —Hard key code/Key descriptor/Record No./File No.
002.NEW/OLD 0002 002 093 /Function code
003.RC 0003 002 091
:
:
168.PLU0093 0093 004 063
2--------------------------------------
001.RCT 0001 002 073
:
:
7-2-8 Memory allocation
FILE001 26 59 DL P1 P2 WK —File No./Length/Number of records/DL/P1/P2/WK
10 CL CL CL —CL/CL/CL
FILE002 38 70 DL P1 P2 WK DL: Daily total/PGM/work area, P1: Periodic 1 total
10 CL CL CL P2: Periodic 2 total, P2: Periodic 2 total
FILE003 54 4 DL -- -- -- CL: Consolidation area of above file
: “--” means no file allocation.
: “*” means the file allocated in the flash.
FILE020 24 3 DL
:
FILE045 30 128 DL
:
FILE989 30 1187 *DL
:
RAM 153728 —Remaining RAM capacity
P-243
Index ...............................................................................................................P-244
Program 3 mode Hierarchy .......................................................................................... P-247
Program 1 mode Hierarchy .......................................................................................... P-248
Program 2 mode Hierarchy .......................................................................................... P-248
Program 6 mode Hierarchy .......................................................................................... P-248
P-244
Index
Index
A
Accumulate touch PLU menus P-56
Add mode P-41
Allow finalization operation when subtotal is zero P-43
Allow more than one transaction in RF mode P-43
Allow numeric entries P-43
Allow to operate Auto PGM P-84
Allow to operate n-th Menu P-83
Amount or rate to keys P-166, P-167
Arrangement P-38, P-127
Arrangement control P-90
Arrangement control by range P-102
Auto program control P-79
B
Batch X/Z report P-39
C
Calculate Price for detail P-53
Calculation type P-62
Cash P-118
Cashier detail P-107
Character programming P-140
Character programming keyboard P-140
Charge P-118
Check P-118
Check endorsement P-124
Check print P-60, P-121
Check tracking P-54
Clearing CHK/TBL No. P-54, P-55
Clerk P-54, P-74, P-77, P-80, P-81, P-82, P-94, P-
208, P-219
Clerk control P-82
Clerk control by range P-94
Clerk features P-80
Clerk interrupt P-54
Clerk key ID P-107
Clerk number P-130
Clerk transfer P-121
Commission rate P-92
Commission rate by range P-104
Communication P-49
Consecutive No. P-41
Copy program change to other teminals P-49
Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price P-147, P-
165
Coupon P-123
Credit P-118
Cube P-131
Currency exchage P-128
Customer P-127
D
Delete RF items from guest receipt P-43
Department descriptors P-145
Department features P-112
Department unit price P-162
Deposit–P-124
Deposit+ P-124
Destination of accumulation for menu totalizing P-56
Display control P-55
Display Report P-48
Dutch account P-134
E
Employee P-74, P-204
Endorsement message P-155
Error when actual stock less than minimum stock P-43
Error when actual stock less than zero P-43
Euro P-78
F
Fixed totalizer descriptors P-151
Flag clear QT-2100 terminal P-14
Follow memu total reset operation P-56
Follow the same QTY as main item P-53
Function control 1 P-85
Function control 1 by range P-97
Function control 2 P-86
Function control 2 by range P-98
Function control 3 P-87
Function control 3 by range P-99
Function control 4 P-88
Function control 4 by range P-100
Function control 5 P-89
Function control 5 by range P-101
Function key descriptors P-148
G
General feature P-41
General procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment, P-
114
GT character P-155
H
Hourly sales P-50
I
I/O parameter P-67
IDC Link P-77, P-78, P-79, P-207
IDC link P-77
Initialize QT-2100 terminal P-8
Inputting characters by code P-142
Issue Post receipt when normal receipt is issued P-43
Item Consolidation P-44
Item descriptors P-143
Item type P-109
P-245
J
Job Code P-73, P-74, P-205
Journal control P-51
K
Ketten Bon P-131
Key allocation P-24
Key location change P-26
Keyboard layout P-27
L
Limit of number Plus, Minus, Premium, Discount key P-42
List P-71, P-79, P-131, P-132, P-133
Loan P-122
M
Machine control 1 P-41
Machine control 3 P-44
Machine control 4 P-45
Machine features P-34
Machine number P-41
Maximum Table Amount P-62
Memory allocation P-16, P-17, P-18
Menu shift 1 P-56
Menu shift 2 P-57
Menu shift after Sign On P-83
Menu shift status/stay down P-83
Menu shift/2nd@ P-83
Menu shift/2nd@ by range P-95
Merchandise subtotal P-130
Message control P-52
Mode control P-84
Mode control by range P-96
Money declaration compulsory P-43
Multiplication P-131
N
Net total includes commission P-42
Net total includes tax P-42
New balance P-119
O
Old check P-134
Open 2 P-129
Open check P-131
Operator X/Z P-130
Order character link P-150
Order color P-109
Order control P-52
Order Print #1 ~ #7 P-109
Origin of reset data to be sent to the master P-49
Overwrite the J-Memo ring buffer P-51
P
Paid out P-122
Perform stock QTY calculation P-43
Pick up P-122
PLU 2nd unit price P-160
PLU 2nd unit price descriptors P-144
PLU 2nd@ features P-110
PLU features P-108, P-136
PLU item descriptors P-143
PLU random code order P-48
PLU unit price P-159
PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price P-161
PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/department unit price P-
163
PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors P-146
Post Entry P-53
Presetting date and time P-158
Print additional items only P-51
Print control P-46
Print Monthly Sales Average P-48
Printer connection P-70
Printer definition P-203
Program read general procedure P-170
Program read report sample P-171
Programming hierchy of programming title P-115
Pulldown group P-34
Q
Quantity/for P-131
R
Random PLU P-42
Recall P-134
Receipt P-126
Receipt Logo either graphic or text P-52
Receipt message P-149
Receipt on/off P-134
Receipt type P-109
Received on account P-122
Remaining memory P-16
Report control 2 P-48
Report headers P-154
Restrict (0 or 5) on the last digit P-43
Rounding P-62
Rounds %+ or %– operation P-43
P-246
Index
S
Scanning PLU link P-136
Schedule P-74, P-206
Scheduler P-58
Selective item subtotal P-131
Sentinel amount P-41
Set menu table P-36
Set menu/condiment P-53
Shift PLU P-134, P-135
Slip P-128
SLIP/Guest P-50
Sort by department P-44
Sort by group P-44
Sort by group/dept with detail P-44
Special characters P-152
Square P-131
ST compulsory P-43
Stock result copy P-49
Storage of TRG operation into journal memory P-50, P-51
Subdepartment descriptors P-144
Subdepartment features P-111
Subdepartment unit price P-162
Subtotal P-130, P-131
System connection P-66
T
T/S P-128
Table analysis P-61
Table range P-93
Table range by range P-105
Table transfer P-121
TAST P-128
Tax Rate(%) P-62
Tax table P-62
Text print P-120
Text recall P-120
Text recall message P-150, P-152
Time & Attendance P-72, P-73, P-74
Time zone P-71
Tip P-121
Tray total P-134
Type of operator P-81
V
VAT recaluculate on X/Z report P-48
Void P-124
Void operation P-81
Void table P-65
X
X/Z report control P-91
X/Z report control by range P-103
Z
Zero-Skip on Report P-48
P-247
Program 3 mode Hierarchy
Pulldown group —————————————————————————————Machine feature ———— Program 3
Set menu table ———————————————————————————
Arrangement ————————————————————————————
Batch X/Z —————————————— General feature ———————
Machine control 1 ~ 4 —————
Print control —————————
Report control 1, 2 ———————
Communication ————————
Hourly sales —————————
SLIP/Guest ——————————
Electronic journal control ————
Message control ———————
Order control —————————
Set menu/condiment ——————
Check tracking ————————
Clerk interrupt—————————
Display control ————————
Menu shift 1, 2 ————————
Scheduler —————————————————————————————
Check print —————————————————————————————
Table analysis————————————————————————————
Tax table ——————————————————————————————
Void table —————————————————————————————
System connection —————————————————————————
I/O parameter ————————————————————————————
Printer connection ——————————————————————————
Time Zone —————————————————————————————
General ——————————————— Time & Attendance —————
Job Code———————————
Employee & Schedule —————
Hourly Item Link ———————————————————————————
IDC Link ——————————————————————————————
Euro (Sub Currency) —————————————————————————
Auto Pgm Control ——————————————————————————
Clerk feature ——————————————————————————————Clerk ————————
Clerk control ————————————— Operation (individual) ————
Menu shift/2nd ———————— Range (by range)
Mode control —————————
Allowed function 1 ~ 5 —————
Arrangement —————————
Report ————————————
Commission rate ——————————— (Individual) —————————
Table range —————————— Range (by range)
Clerk detail —————————————————————————————
Clerk Key ID ————————————————————————————
PLU ————————————————— (Individual) ———————————Key feature —————
PLU 2nd @ —————————— Range (by range)
Subdepartment ————————
Department ——————————
Receipt type ————————————— Individual program —————
Item type ———————————
Group link ——————————
Department link ————————
Subdepartment link ——————
Taxable status ————————
Commission —————————
Selective item —————————
Order color ——————————
Order printer #1 ~ 7 ——————
Order char link ————————
No. of Bon ——————————
Unit stock ——————————
Minimum stock ————————
Set menu table ————————
List link #1 ~ 4 ————————
Open PLU ——————————
Zero unit price ————————
Negative price ————————
Hash item ——————————
Full hash item —————————
High amount limit ———————
Low digit limit —————————
Multiple validation ———————
Function key ————————————————————————————
Shift PLU ——————————————————————————————
Scanning PLU Link —————————————————————————
P-248
Index
Program 1 mode Hierarchy
PLU —————————————————————————————————— Unit price/Q’ty ————— Program 1
PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————————
PLU & PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————
Subdepartment ———————————————————————————
Department —————————————————————————————
PLU by range ——————————————— Range—————————
PLU 2nd @ by range ————————
Subdepartment by range ———————
Department by range ————————
PLU 2nd@ Copy ——————————————————————————
Amount/Rate to key —————————————————————————
Shift PLU ——————————————————————————————
Program 2 mode Hierarchy
PLU ——————————————————————————————————Item descriptor ————— Program 2
PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————————
Subdepartment ———————————————————————————
Department —————————————————————————————
PLU by range ——————————————— Range—————————
PLU 2nd @ by range ————————
Subdepartment by range ———————
Department by range ————————
PLU –> 2nd @ copy —————————————————————————
Character & press key ————————————————————————
Receipt/Slip message ——————————————————————————Character & message —
Text recall —————————————————————————————
Order character link —————————————————————————
Fixed totalizer ————————————————————————————
Group character ———————————————————————————
Special character ——————————————————————————
Report header ———————————————————————————
Endorse message ——————————————————————————
GT character ————————————————————————————
P-249
Program 6 mode Hierarchy
PLU unit price———————————— Unit price & quantity ——————— Program read report —— Program 6
PLU 2nd @ ———————————
Subdepartment unit price —————
Department unit price ——————
Function key rate/price ——————
PLU ———————————————— Item descriptor ————————
PLU 2nd @ ———————————
Subdepartment —————————
Department ———————————
Function key ——————————
Receipt/Slip message ———————— Character & message —————
Text recall ———————————
Order character link ———————
Fixed totalizer character —————
Group character —————————
Special character ————————
Report header —————————
Endorse message ————————
GT character ——————————
Pulldown group ——————————— Machine feature ———————
Set menu table —————————
Arrangement ——————————
Batch X/Z ———————————
General feature —————————
Scheduler ———————————
Check print ———————————
Table analysis——————————
Tax table ————————————
Void table ———————————
System connection ———————
I/O parameter ——————————
Printer connection ————————
Time zone ———————————
Time&Attendance ————————
Hourly item link —————————
IDC link ————————————
Euro (Sub Currency) ———————
Auto Pgm Control ————————
Clerk feature ———————————— Clerk ————————————
Clerk detail ———————————
Clerk Key ID ——————————
PLU feature
PLU 2nd @ feature ————————— Key feature —————————
Subdepartment feature ——————
Department feature ———————
Function key feature ———————
Scanning PLU Link ———————
Keyboard——————————————————————————————
Memory allocation ——————————————————————————
CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD.
6-2, Hon-machi 1-chome
Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 151-8543, Japan
IR0202-003001-A
Printed in Japan
QT-2100 PGM*E
c
